1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
6 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
7 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
9 This file is part of GCC.
11 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
12 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
13 Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any later
16 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
17 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
18 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
21 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
23 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
37 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
39 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
40 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
41 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
42 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
43 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
45 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
46 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
48 CIE = Common Information Entry
49 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
51 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
53 FDE = Frame Description Entry
54 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
55 how to restore registers
57 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
58 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
62 #include "coretypes.h"
68 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
70 #include "insn-config.h"
78 #include "dwarf2out.h"
79 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
84 #include "diagnostic.h"
85 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
88 #include "langhooks.h"
93 #include "tree-pass.h"
94 #include "tree-flow.h"
96 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
97 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *, int, bool);
99 static rtx last_var_location_insn
;
102 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
103 int vms_file_stats_name (const char *, long long *, long *, char *, int *);
105 /* Define this macro to be a nonzero value if the directory specifications
106 which are output in the debug info should end with a separator. */
107 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 1
108 /* Define this macro to evaluate to a nonzero value if GCC should refrain
109 from generating indirect strings in DWARF2 debug information, for instance
110 if your target is stuck with an old version of GDB that is unable to
111 process them properly or uses VMS Debug. */
112 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 1
114 #define DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR 0
115 #define DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET 0
118 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
119 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
120 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
121 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
123 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
127 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
128 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
129 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
130 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
131 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
134 /* Save the result of dwarf2out_do_frame across PCH. */
135 static GTY(()) bool saved_do_cfi_asm
= 0;
137 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
141 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
143 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
144 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
145 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
146 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
147 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
148 || DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
|| saved_do_cfi_asm
149 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
150 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
151 && (flag_unwind_tables
152 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)))
157 /* Decide whether to emit frame unwind via assembler directives. */
160 dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm (void)
164 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
167 if (!flag_dwarf2_cfi_asm
|| !dwarf2out_do_frame ())
169 if (saved_do_cfi_asm
)
171 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_PERSONALITY_DIRECTIVE
)
174 /* Make sure the personality encoding is one the assembler can support.
175 In particular, aligned addresses can't be handled. */
176 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,/*global=*/1);
177 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
179 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,/*global=*/0);
180 if ((enc
& 0x70) != 0 && (enc
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_pcrel
)
183 if (!HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
)
185 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
188 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
193 saved_do_cfi_asm
= true;
197 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
199 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
202 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
203 must be kept around forever. */
204 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx
,gc
) *used_rtx_array
;
206 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
207 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
208 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
210 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *incomplete_types
;
212 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
213 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
214 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
215 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
216 define type declaration DIE's. */
217 static GTY(()) VEC(tree
,gc
) *decl_scope_table
;
219 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
220 static GTY(()) section
*debug_info_section
;
221 static GTY(()) section
*debug_abbrev_section
;
222 static GTY(()) section
*debug_aranges_section
;
223 static GTY(()) section
*debug_macinfo_section
;
224 static GTY(()) section
*debug_line_section
;
225 static GTY(()) section
*debug_loc_section
;
226 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubnames_section
;
227 static GTY(()) section
*debug_pubtypes_section
;
228 static GTY(()) section
*debug_dcall_section
;
229 static GTY(()) section
*debug_vcall_section
;
230 static GTY(()) section
*debug_str_section
;
231 static GTY(()) section
*debug_ranges_section
;
232 static GTY(()) section
*debug_frame_section
;
234 /* Personality decl of current unit. Used only when assembler does not support
236 static GTY(()) rtx current_unit_personality
;
238 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
239 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
240 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
243 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
245 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
247 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
248 Information instructions. The register number, offset
249 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
250 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
252 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
254 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
260 typedef union GTY(()) dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
{
261 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
262 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
263 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
264 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
268 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_cfi_struct
{
269 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
270 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
271 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
273 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
278 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
279 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
280 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
281 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
282 of this structure. */
283 typedef struct GTY(()) cfa_loc
{
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
285 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
287 BOOL_BITFIELD indirect
: 1; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
288 BOOL_BITFIELD in_use
: 1; /* 1 if a saved cfa is stored here. */
291 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
292 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
293 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
294 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
295 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
297 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_fde_struct
{
299 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
300 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
301 const char *dw_fde_end
;
302 const char *dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
;
303 const char *dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
;
304 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
305 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
306 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
307 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
308 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
309 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_switch_cfi
; /* Last CFI before switching sections. */
310 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_realignment
;
311 unsigned funcdef_number
;
312 /* Dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
313 unsigned int drap_reg
;
314 /* Virtual dynamic realign argument pointer register. */
315 unsigned int vdrap_reg
;
316 /* These 3 flags are copied from rtl_data in function.h. */
317 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
318 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
319 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
320 /* Whether we did stack realign in this call frame. */
321 unsigned stack_realign
: 1;
322 /* Whether dynamic realign argument pointer register has been saved. */
323 unsigned drap_reg_saved
: 1;
324 /* True iff dw_fde_begin label is in text_section or cold_text_section. */
325 unsigned in_std_section
: 1;
326 /* True iff dw_fde_unlikely_section_label is in text_section or
327 cold_text_section. */
328 unsigned cold_in_std_section
: 1;
329 /* True iff switched sections. */
330 unsigned dw_fde_switched_sections
: 1;
331 /* True iff switching from cold to hot section. */
332 unsigned dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
: 1;
336 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
337 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
339 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
340 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
341 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
342 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
344 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
345 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
348 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
349 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
350 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
353 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
354 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
357 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF 4 type signature. */
359 #ifndef DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
360 #define DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE 8
363 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
364 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
365 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
368 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
369 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
371 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
372 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
375 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
376 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
377 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
379 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
380 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
381 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
382 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
384 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
388 /* CIE identifier. */
389 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
390 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
391 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
393 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
396 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
397 information for each routine. */
398 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
400 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
401 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
403 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
404 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
406 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
408 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
410 /* Get the current fde_table entry we should use. */
412 static inline dw_fde_ref
415 return fde_table_in_use
? &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1] : NULL
;
418 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
419 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
421 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
422 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
423 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
424 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
425 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
426 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
429 struct GTY(()) indirect_string_node
{
431 unsigned int refcount
;
432 enum dwarf_form form
;
436 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
438 /* True if the compilation unit has location entries that reference
440 static GTY(()) bool debug_str_hash_forced
= false;
442 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
443 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
445 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
446 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections
= false;
448 /* Whether the default text and cold text sections have been used at all. */
450 static GTY(()) bool text_section_used
= false;
451 static GTY(()) bool cold_text_section_used
= false;
453 /* The default cold text section. */
454 static GTY(()) section
*cold_text_section
;
456 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
458 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
460 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
461 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
462 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
463 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
464 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
465 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*, dw_cfa_location
*);
466 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
467 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
468 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
469 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
471 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
473 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
474 static void output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref
);
475 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
476 static void dwarf2out_note_section_used (void);
477 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
478 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx
);
479 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
481 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
482 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
483 static void output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref
);
484 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
485 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
486 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
487 (dw_cfa_location
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
488 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_aligned_loc
489 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
490 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
492 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
493 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
494 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
497 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
498 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
499 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
501 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
502 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
505 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
506 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
509 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
510 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
513 #ifndef PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
514 #define PROLOGUE_END_LABEL "LPE"
517 #ifndef EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
518 #define EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL "LEB"
521 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
522 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
524 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
525 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
526 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
527 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
528 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
529 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
530 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
531 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
532 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
533 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
535 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
536 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
538 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
540 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
542 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
546 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
547 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
548 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
549 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
552 /* Hook used by __throw. */
555 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
557 unsigned int dwarf_regnum
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
558 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum
, 1));
561 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
562 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
565 stripattributes (const char *s
)
567 char *stripped
= XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s
) + 2);
572 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
579 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
580 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
583 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx mem
, unsigned int c
)
585 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= c
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
586 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode
);
587 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
590 /* Divide OFF by DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, asserting no remainder. */
592 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
593 div_data_align (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
595 HOST_WIDE_INT r
= off
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
596 gcc_assert (r
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
== off
);
600 /* Return true if we need a signed version of a given opcode
601 (e.g. DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf vs DW_CFA_offset_extended). */
604 need_data_align_sf_opcode (HOST_WIDE_INT off
)
606 return DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
< 0 ? off
> 0 : off
< 0;
609 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
612 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
615 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
616 rtx addr
= expand_normal (address
);
617 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
618 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
620 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
622 int rnum
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
), 1);
624 if (rnum
< DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
626 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= rnum
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
627 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
630 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
631 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
632 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
634 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
636 wrote_return_column
= true;
638 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
642 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
),
643 gen_int_mode (size
, mode
));
647 if (!wrote_return_column
)
648 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
650 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
651 init_return_column_size (mode
, mem
, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
);
654 targetm
.init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra (address
);
657 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
660 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
664 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
665 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
667 return "DW_CFA_offset";
669 return "DW_CFA_restore";
673 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
674 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
675 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
676 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
677 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
678 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
679 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
680 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
681 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
682 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
683 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
684 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
685 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
686 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
687 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
688 case DW_CFA_register
:
689 return "DW_CFA_register";
690 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
691 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
692 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
693 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
695 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
696 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
697 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
698 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
699 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
702 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
703 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
704 case DW_CFA_expression
:
705 return "DW_CFA_expression";
706 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
707 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
708 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
709 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
710 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
711 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
713 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
714 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
715 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
718 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
719 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
720 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
721 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
722 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
723 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
726 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
730 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
732 static inline dw_cfi_ref
735 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc_dw_cfi_node ();
737 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
738 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
739 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
744 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
747 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
750 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
752 /* When DRAP is used, CFA is defined with an expression. Redefine
753 CFA may lead to a different CFA value. */
754 /* ??? Of course, this heuristic fails when we're annotating epilogues,
755 because of course we'll always want to redefine the CFA back to the
756 stack pointer on the way out. Where should we move this check? */
757 if (0 && fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
758 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
760 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
761 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
762 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
764 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
771 /* Find the end of the chain. */
772 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
778 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. FORCE is true
779 if a label needs to be output even when using .cfi_* directives. */
782 dwarf2out_cfi_label (bool force
)
784 static char label
[20];
786 if (!force
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
788 /* In this case, we will be emitting the asm directive instead of
789 the label, so just return a placeholder to keep the rest of the
791 strcpy (label
, "<do not output>");
795 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
796 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
802 /* True if remember_state should be emitted before following CFI directive. */
803 static bool emit_cfa_remember
;
805 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
806 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
809 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
811 dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
;
813 if (emit_cfa_remember
)
815 dw_cfi_ref cfi_remember
;
817 /* Emit the state save. */
818 emit_cfa_remember
= false;
819 cfi_remember
= new_cfi ();
820 cfi_remember
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_remember_state
;
821 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi_remember
);
824 list_head
= &cie_cfi_head
;
826 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
830 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
832 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
834 /* We still have to add the cfi to the list so that lookup_cfa
835 works later on. When -g2 and above we even need to force
836 emitting of CFI labels and add to list a DW_CFA_set_loc for
837 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list purposes. If we're generating
838 DWARF3 output we use DW_OP_call_frame_cfa and so don't use
839 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
840 if (dwarf_version
== 2
841 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
842 && (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
843 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
))
845 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
847 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
848 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
849 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
851 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
852 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
853 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
854 if (*label
== 0 || strcmp (label
, "<do not output>") == 0)
855 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (true);
857 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
858 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
862 label
= xstrdup (label
);
864 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
866 /* It doesn't metter whether DW_CFA_set_loc
867 or DW_CFA_advance_loc4 is added here, those aren't
868 emitted into assembly, only looked up by
869 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list. */
870 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_set_loc
;
871 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
872 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
873 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
881 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
883 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
885 /* ??? If this is a CFI for the CIE, we don't emit. This
886 assumes that the standard CIE contents that the assembler
887 uses matches the standard CIE contents that the compiler
888 uses. This is probably a bad assumption. I'm not quite
889 sure how to address this for now. */
893 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
895 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
898 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
900 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
901 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
905 label
= xstrdup (label
);
907 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
909 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
910 set the location directly using set_loc. */
911 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= fde
->dw_fde_current_label
912 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
914 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
915 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
917 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
;
920 list_head
= &fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
923 add_cfi (list_head
, cfi
);
926 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
929 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
, dw_cfa_location
*remember
)
931 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
933 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
934 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
935 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
937 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
938 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
941 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
942 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
943 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
945 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
946 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
949 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
950 gcc_assert (!remember
->in_use
);
952 remember
->in_use
= 1;
954 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
955 gcc_assert (remember
->in_use
);
957 remember
->in_use
= 0;
965 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
968 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
972 dw_cfa_location remember
;
974 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
975 loc
->reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
978 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
979 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
981 fde
= current_fde ();
983 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
984 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
, &remember
);
987 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
988 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
990 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
992 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
994 /* The current save location around an epilogue. */
995 static dw_cfa_location cfa_remember
;
997 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
998 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
1000 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
1001 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
1003 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
1004 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
1005 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
1008 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1010 dw_cfa_location loc
;
1012 loc
.base_offset
= 0;
1014 loc
.offset
= offset
;
1015 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
1018 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
1021 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location
*loc1
, const dw_cfa_location
*loc2
)
1023 return (loc1
->reg
== loc2
->reg
1024 && loc1
->offset
== loc2
->offset
1025 && loc1
->indirect
== loc2
->indirect
1026 && (loc1
->indirect
== 0
1027 || loc1
->base_offset
== loc2
->base_offset
));
1030 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
1031 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
1034 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
1037 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
1042 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
1043 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
1045 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
1046 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
1048 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
1049 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc
, &old_cfa
))
1054 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
&& !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1056 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
1057 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. The data
1058 factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf happens in output_cfi, or
1059 in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa_offset directive. */
1061 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
;
1063 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
1064 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1067 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
1068 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
1069 && old_cfa
.reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
1071 && !old_cfa
.indirect
)
1073 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
1074 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
1075 offset has not changed. */
1076 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
1077 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1081 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
1083 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
1084 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
1085 the specified offset. The data factoring for DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
1086 happens in output_cfi, or in the assembler via the .cfi_def_cfa
1089 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
1091 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
1092 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
1093 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
1097 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
1098 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
1099 register-offset pair is available. */
1100 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
1102 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
1103 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
, 0);
1104 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
1107 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1110 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
1111 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
1112 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
1113 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
1116 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1118 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1119 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
1121 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1123 /* When stack is aligned, store REG using DW_CFA_expression with
1126 && fde
->stack_realign
1127 && sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1129 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_expression
;
1130 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
1131 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
1132 = build_cfa_aligned_loc (offset
, fde
->stack_realignment
);
1134 else if (sreg
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
1136 if (need_data_align_sf_opcode (offset
))
1137 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
1138 else if (reg
& ~0x3f)
1139 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
1141 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
1142 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
1144 else if (sreg
== reg
)
1145 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_same_value
;
1148 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
1149 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
1152 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1155 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
1156 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
1157 from the previous frame's window save area.
1159 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
1160 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
1163 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
1165 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1167 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
1168 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1171 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
1172 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1175 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1177 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1180 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
1181 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
1184 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1186 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1189 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
1190 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
1193 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
1195 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg
), 0);
1198 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
1199 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
1200 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
1203 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
1205 unsigned int reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1206 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1208 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1211 /* RA is in a register. */
1212 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
1216 /* RA is on the stack. */
1217 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
1218 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
1221 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1226 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1227 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1231 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
1232 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
1242 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1243 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1244 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1245 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
1246 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
1253 if (reg
!= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
1254 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
1258 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1261 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1262 stack_adjust_offset (const_rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1263 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_offset
)
1265 const_rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
1266 const_rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
1267 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1270 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1272 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1274 /* Assume (set (reg sp) (reg whatever)) sets args_size
1276 if (code
== REG
&& src
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
1278 offset
= -cur_args_size
;
1279 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1282 return offset
- cur_offset
;
1285 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
1286 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1287 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1290 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1291 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1297 if (MEM_P (src
) && !MEM_P (dest
))
1301 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1302 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1303 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1309 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1311 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1312 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1313 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == PLUS
1314 && CONST_INT_P (val
));
1315 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1322 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1324 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1331 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1333 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1348 /* Precomputed args_size for CODE_LABELs and BARRIERs preceeding them,
1349 indexed by INSN_UID. */
1351 static HOST_WIDE_INT
*barrier_args_size
;
1353 /* Helper function for compute_barrier_args_size. Handle one insn. */
1355 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1356 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (rtx insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
,
1357 VEC (rtx
, heap
) **next
)
1359 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1362 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1364 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1366 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1367 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), cur_args_size
, 0);
1368 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1369 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1371 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1373 for (i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1374 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1375 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1376 cur_args_size
, offset
);
1381 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1385 expr
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
1386 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
1387 || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1388 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (expr
, 0); i
++)
1390 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, i
);
1392 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
&& !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
1393 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, cur_args_size
, offset
);
1398 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1402 cur_args_size
+= offset
;
1403 if (cur_args_size
< 0)
1408 rtx dest
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
1412 if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] < 0)
1414 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (dest
)] = cur_args_size
;
1415 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, heap
, *next
, dest
);
1420 return cur_args_size
;
1423 /* Walk the whole function and compute args_size on BARRIERs. */
1426 compute_barrier_args_size (void)
1428 int max_uid
= get_max_uid (), i
;
1430 VEC (rtx
, heap
) *worklist
, *next
, *tmp
;
1432 barrier_args_size
= XNEWVEC (HOST_WIDE_INT
, max_uid
);
1433 for (i
= 0; i
< max_uid
; i
++)
1434 barrier_args_size
[i
] = -1;
1436 worklist
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1437 next
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, heap
, 20);
1438 insn
= get_insns ();
1439 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = 0;
1440 VEC_quick_push (rtx
, worklist
, insn
);
1443 while (!VEC_empty (rtx
, worklist
))
1445 rtx prev
, body
, first_insn
;
1446 HOST_WIDE_INT cur_args_size
;
1448 first_insn
= insn
= VEC_pop (rtx
, worklist
);
1449 cur_args_size
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1450 prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (insn
);
1451 if (prev
&& BARRIER_P (prev
))
1452 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (prev
)] = cur_args_size
;
1454 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
1456 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
) || NOTE_P (insn
))
1458 if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1463 if (insn
== first_insn
)
1465 else if (barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] < 0)
1467 barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)] = cur_args_size
;
1472 /* The insns starting with this label have been
1473 already scanned or are in the worklist. */
1478 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1479 if (GET_CODE (body
) == SEQUENCE
)
1481 HOST_WIDE_INT dest_args_size
= cur_args_size
;
1482 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1483 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0))
1484 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)))
1486 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1487 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1490 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
),
1491 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1493 if (INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0)))
1494 compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1495 dest_args_size
, &next
);
1498 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0),
1499 cur_args_size
, &next
);
1503 = compute_barrier_args_size_1 (insn
, cur_args_size
, &next
);
1507 if (VEC_empty (rtx
, next
))
1510 /* Swap WORKLIST with NEXT and truncate NEXT for next iteration. */
1514 VEC_truncate (rtx
, next
, 0);
1517 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, worklist
);
1518 VEC_free (rtx
, heap
, next
);
1521 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
1522 pushed onto the stack. */
1525 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
1529 if (size
== old_args_size
)
1532 old_args_size
= size
;
1535 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
1536 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
1537 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1540 /* Record a stack adjustment of OFFSET bytes. */
1543 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, const char *label
)
1545 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1546 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1548 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1549 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1551 if (ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1554 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1558 args_size
+= offset
;
1562 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1563 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1564 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1567 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1568 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out
1569 how much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1572 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
1574 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1578 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1579 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1580 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1581 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1582 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1585 /* If INSN is an instruction from target of an annulled branch, the
1586 effects are for the target only and so current argument size
1587 shouldn't change at all. */
1589 && INSN_ANNULLED_BRANCH_P (XVECEXP (final_sequence
, 0, 0))
1590 && INSN_FROM_TARGET_P (insn
))
1593 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1594 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1595 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1597 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1599 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1600 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1601 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1602 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1603 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1604 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1605 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL
);
1606 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1611 if (CALL_P (insn
) && !after_p
)
1613 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
1614 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size
);
1617 else if (BARRIER_P (insn
))
1619 /* Don't call compute_barrier_args_size () if the only
1620 BARRIER is at the end of function. */
1621 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
&& next_nonnote_insn (insn
))
1622 compute_barrier_args_size ();
1623 if (barrier_args_size
== NULL
)
1627 offset
= barrier_args_size
[INSN_UID (insn
)];
1632 offset
-= args_size
;
1633 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1637 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1638 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
), args_size
, 0);
1639 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1640 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1642 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1644 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1645 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1646 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
),
1655 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
1656 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
1661 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1662 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1663 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1665 struct GTY(()) queued_reg_save
{
1666 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1668 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1672 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1674 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1675 struct GTY(()) reg_saved_in_data
{
1680 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1681 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1682 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1683 more efficient data structure. */
1684 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs
[4];
1685 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs
;
1687 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1688 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1690 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1691 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1694 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1696 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1698 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1699 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1701 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
1702 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1707 q
= ggc_alloc_queued_reg_save ();
1708 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1709 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1713 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1714 q
->saved_reg
= sreg
;
1716 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1719 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1722 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1724 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1726 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1729 unsigned int reg
, sreg
;
1731 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1732 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (q
->reg
))
1734 if (q
->saved_reg
&& i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1736 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1737 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1739 if (i
!= num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1741 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= q
->reg
;
1742 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= q
->saved_reg
;
1745 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->reg
));
1747 sreg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q
->saved_reg
));
1749 sreg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
1750 reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, reg
, sreg
, q
->cfa_offset
);
1753 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1754 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1757 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1758 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1759 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1760 have a new location for? */
1763 clobbers_queued_reg_save (const_rtx insn
)
1765 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1767 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1770 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1772 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1773 if (REGNO (q
->reg
) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
)
1774 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
, insn
))
1781 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1784 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label
, rtx reg
, rtx sreg
)
1787 unsigned int regno
, sregno
;
1789 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1790 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
) == REGNO (reg
))
1792 if (i
== num_regs_saved_in_regs
)
1794 gcc_assert (i
!= ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs
));
1795 num_regs_saved_in_regs
++;
1797 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= reg
;
1798 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= sreg
;
1800 regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1801 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg
));
1802 reg_save (label
, regno
, sregno
, 0);
1805 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1808 reg_saved_in (rtx reg
)
1810 unsigned int regn
= REGNO (reg
);
1812 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1814 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1815 if (q
->saved_reg
&& regn
== REGNO (q
->saved_reg
))
1818 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
1819 if (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
1820 && regn
== REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
))
1821 return regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
;
1827 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1828 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1829 value, not an offset. */
1830 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1832 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_DEF_CFA note. */
1835 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1837 memset (&cfa
, 0, sizeof (cfa
));
1839 switch (GET_CODE (pat
))
1842 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (XEXP (pat
, 0));
1843 cfa
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (pat
, 1));
1847 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (pat
);
1851 /* Recurse and define an expression. */
1855 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1858 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_ADJUST_CFA note. */
1861 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (rtx pat
, const char *label
)
1865 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (pat
) == SET
);
1866 dest
= XEXP (pat
, 0);
1867 src
= XEXP (pat
, 1);
1869 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1872 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1873 cfa
.offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1883 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1884 gcc_assert (cfa
.indirect
== 0);
1886 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1889 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_OFFSET note. */
1892 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1894 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1895 rtx src
, addr
, span
;
1897 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1898 addr
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1899 gcc_assert (MEM_P (addr
));
1900 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1902 /* As documented, only consider extremely simple addresses. */
1903 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
1906 gcc_assert (REGNO (addr
) == cfa
.reg
);
1907 offset
= -cfa
.offset
;
1910 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
);
1911 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1)) - cfa
.offset
;
1917 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
1919 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1920 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1922 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
)), INVALID_REGNUM
, offset
);
1925 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC live.
1926 Queue register saves for each piece of the PARALLEL. */
1929 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
1931 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
1933 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
1934 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1936 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
1938 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (elem
)),
1939 INVALID_REGNUM
, span_offset
);
1940 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
1945 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_REGISTER note. */
1948 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (rtx set
, const char *label
)
1951 unsigned sregno
, dregno
;
1953 src
= XEXP (set
, 1);
1954 dest
= XEXP (set
, 0);
1957 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
1959 sregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
));
1961 dregno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (dest
));
1963 /* ??? We'd like to use queue_reg_save, but we need to come up with
1964 a different flushing heuristic for epilogues. */
1965 reg_save (label
, sregno
, dregno
, 0);
1968 /* A subroutine of dwarf2out_frame_debug, process a REG_CFA_RESTORE note. */
1971 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (rtx reg
, const char *label
)
1973 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
1974 unsigned int regno
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg
));
1976 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= (regno
& ~0x3f ? DW_CFA_restore_extended
: DW_CFA_restore
);
1977 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= regno
;
1979 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
1982 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1983 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1984 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1985 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1987 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1988 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1989 users need not read the source code.
1991 The High-Level Picture
1993 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1994 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1995 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1996 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1997 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1999 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
2000 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
2001 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
2002 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
2003 saves. This also seems to work.
2005 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
2006 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
2007 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
2008 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
2009 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
2010 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
2011 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
2012 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
2013 value as in the caller.
2015 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
2016 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
2017 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
2018 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
2020 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
2023 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
2025 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
2026 consists of a register and an offset.
2027 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
2028 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
2029 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
2030 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
2031 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
2032 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
2033 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
2035 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
2036 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
2037 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
2040 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
2041 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
2042 and cfa_temp.offset.
2044 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
2047 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
2048 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
2049 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
2051 Rules 16-20: If AND operation happens on sp in prologue, we assume
2052 stack is realigned. We will use a group of DW_OP_XXX
2053 expressions to represent the location of the stored
2054 register instead of CFA+offset.
2058 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
2059 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
2062 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
2063 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2064 cfa.offset unchanged
2065 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2066 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2069 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
2070 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
2071 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
2072 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
2073 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
2074 if cfa_store.reg==sp
2077 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2078 effects: cfa.reg = fp
2079 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
2082 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
2083 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2085 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2086 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2087 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
2090 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
2091 constraints: <reg1> != fp
2093 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
2094 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
2097 (set <reg> <const_int>)
2098 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2099 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2102 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
2103 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
2104 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
2107 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
2111 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
2112 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
2113 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
2116 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
2117 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
2118 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2120 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2123 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
2124 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2125 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
2127 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
2130 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
2133 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2134 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2137 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
2138 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2139 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
2142 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
2143 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
2144 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
2145 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
2148 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
2149 effects: target-dependent
2152 (set sp (and: sp <const_int>))
2153 constraints: cfa_store.reg == sp
2154 effects: current_fde.stack_realign = 1
2155 cfa_store.offset = 0
2156 fde->drap_reg = cfa.reg if cfa.reg != sp and cfa.reg != fp
2159 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) (mem (plus (cfa.reg) (const_int))))
2160 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
2163 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) fp)
2164 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2165 effects: cfa_store.offset = 0
2166 cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2169 (set (mem ({pre_inc, pre_dec} sp)) cfa.reg)
2170 constraints: fde->stack_realign == 1
2172 && cfa.indirect == 0
2173 && cfa.reg != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2174 effects: Use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression to define cfa
2175 cfa.reg == fde->drap_reg */
2178 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
2180 rtx src
, dest
, span
;
2181 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
2184 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
2185 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
2186 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
2187 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
2188 flag is set in them. */
2189 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2192 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
2195 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
2196 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
2197 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
2198 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
2199 handle register saves before register assignments. */
2200 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
)
2201 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2203 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2204 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2205 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
))
2206 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2207 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2210 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2212 elem
= XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
);
2213 if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2214 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem
)) || GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
2215 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
) || par_index
== 0))
2216 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem
, label
);
2217 else if (GET_CODE (elem
) == SET
2219 && !RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem
))
2221 /* Stack adjustment combining might combine some post-prologue
2222 stack adjustment into a prologue stack adjustment. */
2223 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= stack_adjust_offset (elem
, args_size
, 0);
2226 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (offset
, label
);
2232 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
);
2234 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
2235 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
2239 rtx rsi
= reg_saved_in (src
);
2244 fde
= current_fde ();
2246 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
2249 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
2251 /* Setting FP from SP. */
2253 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
2256 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
2257 relative to the current CFA register.
2259 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
2260 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
2261 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
2262 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
2263 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2264 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2265 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2269 /* Saving a register in a register. */
2270 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs
[REGNO (dest
)]
2271 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
2272 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src
))
2273 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
));
2275 /* After stack is aligned, we can only save SP in FP
2276 if drap register is used. In this case, we have
2277 to restore stack pointer with the CFA value and we
2278 don't generate this DWARF information. */
2280 && fde
->stack_realign
2281 && REGNO (src
) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2282 gcc_assert (REGNO (dest
) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2283 && fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
2284 && cfa
.reg
!= REGNO (src
));
2286 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, dest
, 0);
2293 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
2297 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2300 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2303 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1))
2305 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2311 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2313 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
2314 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2315 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2317 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
2318 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
2321 gcc_assert (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
2323 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2325 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2326 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2327 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2328 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2330 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2333 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
2334 or adjusting the FP */
2335 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed
);
2337 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2338 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2339 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2340 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2341 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
2343 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2344 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2348 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
);
2351 if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2352 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
2353 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2355 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
2356 into the FP later on. */
2357 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2358 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
2359 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2360 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
2361 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2362 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
2366 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2367 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2368 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2370 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
2371 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
2372 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2373 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2374 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
2378 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
2379 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
2381 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2382 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2391 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2392 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
2397 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0))
2398 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
2399 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)));
2401 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
2402 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
2403 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2406 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
2407 which will fill in all of the bits. */
2414 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE
:
2415 gcc_assert (targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec
);
2416 targetm
.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label
, expr
, XINT (src
, 1));
2421 /* If this AND operation happens on stack pointer in prologue,
2422 we assume the stack is realigned and we extract the
2424 if (fde
&& XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
2426 gcc_assert (cfa_store
.reg
== REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)));
2427 fde
->stack_realign
= 1;
2428 fde
->stack_realignment
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
2429 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2431 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2432 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2433 fde
->drap_reg
= cfa
.reg
;
2441 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2446 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
2448 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
2453 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
2454 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1))
2456 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
2458 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2459 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2461 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2462 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2463 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2465 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2471 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2472 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
2475 gcc_assert ((REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0))
2476 == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2477 && cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2479 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
2481 /* Rule 18: If stack is aligned, we will use FP as a
2482 reference to represent the address of the stored
2485 && fde
->stack_realign
2486 && src
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
2488 gcc_assert (cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
2489 cfa_store
.offset
= 0;
2492 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2493 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
2495 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2499 /* With an offset. */
2506 gcc_assert (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1))
2507 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2508 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
2509 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
2512 regno
= REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0));
2514 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2515 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
2518 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2519 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
2525 /* Without an offset. */
2528 int regno
= REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0));
2530 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
)
2531 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
2534 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) regno
);
2535 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2542 gcc_assert (cfa_temp
.reg
2543 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)));
2544 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
2545 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
2553 /* If the source operand of this MEM operation is not a
2554 register, basically the source is return address. Here
2555 we only care how much stack grew and we don't save it. */
2559 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
2560 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
2561 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
2563 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
2565 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
2568 /* If stack is aligned, putting CFA reg into stack means
2569 we can no longer use reg + offset to represent CFA.
2570 Here we use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instead. The
2571 result of this expression equals to the original CFA
2574 && fde
->stack_realign
2575 && cfa
.indirect
== 0
2576 && cfa
.reg
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
2578 dw_cfa_location cfa_exp
;
2580 gcc_assert (fde
->drap_reg
== cfa
.reg
);
2582 cfa_exp
.indirect
= 1;
2583 cfa_exp
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2584 cfa_exp
.base_offset
= offset
;
2587 fde
->drap_reg_saved
= 1;
2589 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa_exp
);
2593 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
2594 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
2596 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2597 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2602 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
2603 calculate the CFA. */
2604 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
2608 gcc_assert (REG_P (x
));
2610 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
2611 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
2613 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2618 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
2620 span
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (src
);
2623 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, NULL_RTX
, offset
);
2626 /* We have a PARALLEL describing where the contents of SRC
2627 live. Queue register saves for each piece of the
2631 HOST_WIDE_INT span_offset
= offset
;
2633 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (span
) == PARALLEL
);
2635 limit
= XVECLEN (span
, 0);
2636 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
2638 rtx elem
= XVECEXP (span
, 0, par_index
);
2640 queue_reg_save (label
, elem
, NULL_RTX
, span_offset
);
2641 span_offset
+= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (elem
));
2652 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
2653 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
2654 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
2656 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
2657 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
2660 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
, bool after_p
)
2664 bool handled_one
= false;
2666 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
2670 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
2671 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2673 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
2676 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
2678 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
2681 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
2683 for (i
= 0; i
< num_regs_saved_in_regs
; i
++)
2685 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].orig_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2686 regs_saved_in_regs
[i
].saved_in_reg
= NULL_RTX
;
2688 num_regs_saved_in_regs
= 0;
2690 if (barrier_args_size
)
2692 XDELETEVEC (barrier_args_size
);
2693 barrier_args_size
= NULL
;
2698 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn
) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2699 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2701 if (!RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
2703 /* ??? This should be done unconditionally since stack adjustments
2704 matter if the stack pointer is not the CFA register anymore but
2705 is still used to save registers. */
2706 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
2707 dwarf2out_notice_stack_adjust (insn
, after_p
);
2711 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2713 for (note
= REG_NOTES (insn
); note
; note
= XEXP (note
, 1))
2714 switch (REG_NOTE_KIND (note
))
2716 case REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
:
2717 insn
= XEXP (note
, 0);
2720 case REG_CFA_DEF_CFA
:
2721 dwarf2out_frame_debug_def_cfa (XEXP (note
, 0), label
);
2725 case REG_CFA_ADJUST_CFA
:
2730 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2731 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2733 dwarf2out_frame_debug_adjust_cfa (n
, label
);
2737 case REG_CFA_OFFSET
:
2740 n
= single_set (insn
);
2741 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_offset (n
, label
);
2745 case REG_CFA_REGISTER
:
2750 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2751 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2753 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_register (n
, label
);
2757 case REG_CFA_RESTORE
:
2762 if (GET_CODE (n
) == PARALLEL
)
2763 n
= XVECEXP (n
, 0, 0);
2766 dwarf2out_frame_debug_cfa_restore (n
, label
);
2770 case REG_CFA_SET_VDRAP
:
2774 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
2777 gcc_assert (fde
->vdrap_reg
== INVALID_REGNUM
);
2779 fde
->vdrap_reg
= REGNO (n
);
2791 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
2793 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
2795 /* Check again. A parallel can save and update the same register.
2796 We could probably check just once, here, but this is safer than
2797 removing the check above. */
2798 if (clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
2799 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
2802 /* Determine if we need to save and restore CFI information around this
2803 epilogue. If SIBCALL is true, then this is a sibcall epilogue. If
2804 we do need to save/restore, then emit the save now, and insert a
2805 NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE at the appropriate place in the stream. */
2808 dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue (rtx insn
)
2810 bool saw_frp
= false;
2813 /* Scan forward to the return insn, noticing if there are possible
2814 frame related insns. */
2815 for (i
= NEXT_INSN (insn
); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
2820 /* Look for both regular and sibcalls to end the block. */
2821 if (returnjump_p (i
))
2823 if (CALL_P (i
) && SIBLING_CALL_P (i
))
2826 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == SEQUENCE
)
2829 rtx seq
= PATTERN (i
);
2831 if (returnjump_p (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2833 if (CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0))
2834 && SIBLING_CALL_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, 0)))
2837 for (idx
= 0; idx
< XVECLEN (seq
, 0); idx
++)
2838 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (seq
, 0, idx
)))
2842 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (i
))
2846 /* If the port doesn't emit epilogue unwind info, we don't need a
2847 save/restore pair. */
2851 /* Otherwise, search forward to see if the return insn was the last
2852 basic block of the function. If so, we don't need save/restore. */
2853 gcc_assert (i
!= NULL
);
2854 i
= next_real_insn (i
);
2858 /* Insert the restore before that next real insn in the stream, and before
2859 a potential NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG -- we do need these notes to be
2860 properly nested. This should be after any label or alignment. This
2861 will be pushed into the CFI stream by the function below. */
2864 rtx p
= PREV_INSN (i
);
2867 if (NOTE_KIND (p
) == NOTE_INSN_BASIC_BLOCK
)
2871 emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_CFA_RESTORE_STATE
, i
);
2873 emit_cfa_remember
= true;
2875 /* And emulate the state save. */
2876 gcc_assert (!cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2878 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 1;
2881 /* A "subroutine" of dwarf2out_cfi_begin_epilogue. Emit the restore
2885 dwarf2out_frame_debug_restore_state (void)
2887 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
2888 const char *label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label (false);
2890 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_restore_state
;
2891 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
2893 gcc_assert (cfa_remember
.in_use
);
2895 cfa_remember
.in_use
= 0;
2900 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
2901 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
2902 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2904 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2905 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2910 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
2911 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
2912 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
2913 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2915 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
2916 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
2917 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
2918 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
2919 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
2920 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
2923 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2924 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2925 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2926 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2927 case DW_CFA_restore
:
2928 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
2929 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
2930 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
2931 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
2932 case DW_CFA_register
:
2933 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2934 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2936 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
2937 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
2938 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
2939 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2941 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
2942 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2949 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
2950 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
2951 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
2953 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
2954 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
2958 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
2959 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
2961 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
2962 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
2963 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
2965 case DW_CFA_register
:
2966 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
2968 case DW_CFA_expression
:
2969 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
2972 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
2976 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2978 /* Switch [BACK] to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2979 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic start label
2980 for collect2 the first time around. */
2983 switch_to_eh_frame_section (bool back
)
2987 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2988 if (eh_frame_section
== 0)
2992 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY
)
2998 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
3000 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
3002 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
3004 flags
= ((! flag_pic
3005 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3006 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3007 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3008 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
3009 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
3010 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
3011 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE
);
3014 flags
= SECTION_WRITE
;
3015 eh_frame_section
= get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
, NULL
);
3019 if (eh_frame_section
)
3020 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section
);
3023 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
3024 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
3025 switch_to_section (data_section
);
3029 label
= get_file_function_name ("F");
3030 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3031 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
,
3032 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3033 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
3038 /* Switch [BACK] to the eh or debug frame table section, depending on
3042 switch_to_frame_table_section (int for_eh
, bool back
)
3045 switch_to_eh_frame_section (back
);
3048 if (!debug_frame_section
)
3049 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
3050 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
3051 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section
);
3055 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
3058 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
3063 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
3064 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
3065 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
3066 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
3067 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
3068 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
));
3069 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
3071 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3072 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3073 "DW_CFA_offset, column %#lx", r
);
3074 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3075 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3077 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
3079 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3080 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
3081 "DW_CFA_restore, column %#lx", r
);
3085 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
3086 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
3088 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3090 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3092 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
3093 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
3094 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
3097 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3098 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
3099 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3102 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3103 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3104 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3105 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3108 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3109 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3110 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3111 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3114 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3115 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3116 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3117 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3120 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3121 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
3122 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
3123 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
3126 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3127 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3128 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3129 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3130 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3133 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3134 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3135 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3136 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3139 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3140 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3141 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3142 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3143 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3146 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3147 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3148 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3149 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3150 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3153 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3154 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3155 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3156 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3157 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3158 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3161 case DW_CFA_register
:
3162 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3163 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3164 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
3165 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
3168 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3169 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3170 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
3173 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3174 off
= div_data_align (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3175 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (off
, NULL
);
3178 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3181 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3182 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3183 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
3186 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3187 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
3196 /* Similar, but do it via assembler directives instead. */
3199 output_cfi_directive (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3201 unsigned long r
, r2
;
3203 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3205 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3206 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3207 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3208 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3209 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3210 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3211 /* Should only be created by add_fde_cfi in a code path not
3212 followed when emitting via directives. The assembler is
3213 going to take care of this for us. */
3217 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3218 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3219 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3220 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_offset %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3221 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3224 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3225 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3226 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3227 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore %lu\n", r
);
3230 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3231 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3232 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_undefined %lu\n", r
);
3235 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3236 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3237 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_same_value %lu\n", r
);
3240 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3241 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3242 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3243 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa %lu, "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3244 r
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3247 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3248 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3249 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_register %lu\n", r
);
3252 case DW_CFA_register
:
3253 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3254 r2
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, 1);
3255 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_register %lu, %lu\n", r
, r2
);
3258 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3259 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3260 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_def_cfa_offset "
3261 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
3262 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3265 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3266 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_remember_state\n");
3268 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
3269 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_restore_state\n");
3272 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3273 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
);
3274 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3276 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s args_size "HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
3277 ASM_COMMENT_START
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
3278 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3281 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3282 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_window_save\n");
3285 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3286 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3287 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_escape %#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
);
3288 output_cfa_loc_raw (cfi
);
3289 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3297 DEF_VEC_P (dw_cfi_ref
);
3298 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
);
3300 /* Output CFIs to bring current FDE to the same state as after executing
3301 CFIs in CFI chain. DO_CFI_ASM is true if .cfi_* directives shall
3302 be emitted, false otherwise. If it is false, FDE and FOR_EH are the
3303 other arguments to pass to output_cfi. */
3306 output_cfis (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, bool do_cfi_asm
, dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
)
3308 struct dw_cfi_struct cfi_buf
;
3310 dw_cfi_ref cfi_args_size
= NULL
, cfi_cfa
= NULL
, cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3311 VEC (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
) *regs
= VEC_alloc (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, 32);
3312 unsigned int len
, idx
;
3314 for (;; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3315 switch (cfi
? cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
: DW_CFA_nop
)
3317 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
3318 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
3319 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
3320 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
3321 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
3322 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
3323 /* All advances should be ignored. */
3325 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
3327 dw_cfi_ref args_size
= cfi_args_size
;
3329 /* Skip everything between .cfi_remember_state and
3330 .cfi_restore_state. */
3331 for (cfi2
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
; cfi2
; cfi2
= cfi2
->dw_cfi_next
)
3332 if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore_state
)
3334 else if (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
)
3337 gcc_assert (cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_remember_state
);
3344 cfi_args_size
= args_size
;
3348 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
3349 cfi_args_size
= cfi
;
3351 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
3354 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
3355 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
3356 case DW_CFA_restore
:
3357 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
3358 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
3359 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
3360 case DW_CFA_register
:
3361 case DW_CFA_val_offset
:
3362 case DW_CFA_val_offset_sf
:
3363 case DW_CFA_expression
:
3364 case DW_CFA_val_expression
:
3365 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
3366 if (VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
) <= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
)
3367 VEC_safe_grow_cleared (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
,
3368 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
+ 1);
3369 VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, cfi
);
3371 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3372 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3373 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
3375 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3377 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
3380 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3381 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3382 cfi_cfa_offset
= cfi
;
3385 gcc_assert (cfi
== NULL
);
3387 len
= VEC_length (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
);
3388 for (idx
= 0; idx
< len
; idx
++)
3390 cfi2
= VEC_replace (dw_cfi_ref
, regs
, idx
, NULL
);
3392 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore
3393 && cfi2
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_restore_extended
)
3396 output_cfi_directive (cfi2
);
3398 output_cfi (cfi2
, fde
, for_eh
);
3401 if (cfi_cfa
&& cfi_cfa_offset
&& cfi_cfa_offset
!= cfi_cfa
)
3403 gcc_assert (cfi_cfa
->dw_cfi_opc
!= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
);
3405 switch (cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
)
3407 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
3408 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
3409 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3411 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
3412 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
;
3413 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
;
3415 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
3416 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
3417 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_opc
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_opc
;
3418 cfi_buf
.dw_cfi_oprnd2
= cfi_cfa_offset
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
;
3425 else if (cfi_cfa_offset
)
3426 cfi_cfa
= cfi_cfa_offset
;
3430 output_cfi_directive (cfi_cfa
);
3432 output_cfi (cfi_cfa
, fde
, for_eh
);
3435 cfi_cfa_offset
= NULL
;
3437 && cfi_args_size
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
)
3440 output_cfi_directive (cfi_args_size
);
3442 output_cfi (cfi_args_size
, fde
, for_eh
);
3444 cfi_args_size
= NULL
;
3447 VEC_free (dw_cfi_ref
, heap
, regs
);
3450 else if (do_cfi_asm
)
3451 output_cfi_directive (cfi
);
3453 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3460 /* Output one FDE. */
3463 output_fde (dw_fde_ref fde
, bool for_eh
, bool second
,
3464 char *section_start_label
, int fde_encoding
, char *augmentation
,
3465 bool any_lsda_needed
, int lsda_encoding
)
3467 const char *begin
, *end
;
3468 static unsigned int j
;
3469 char l1
[20], l2
[20];
3472 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde
->decl
, for_eh
,
3474 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
,
3476 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3477 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ j
);
3478 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3479 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff, "Initial length escape value"
3480 " indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3481 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3483 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3486 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
3488 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
3489 debug_frame_section
, "FDE CIE offset");
3491 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3493 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3494 end
= fde
->dw_fde_end
;
3498 /* For the first section, prefer dw_fde_begin over
3499 dw_fde_{hot,cold}_section_label, as the latter
3500 might be separated from the real start of the
3501 function by alignment padding. */
3503 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
3504 else if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3505 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
;
3507 begin
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
;
3508 if (second
^ fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
)
3509 end
= fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
;
3511 end
= fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
;
3516 rtx sym_ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, begin
);
3517 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref
) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3518 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
, sym_ref
, false,
3519 "FDE initial location");
3520 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
3521 end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3525 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, begin
, "FDE initial location");
3526 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, end
, begin
, "FDE address range");
3529 if (augmentation
[0])
3531 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3533 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
3535 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3537 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3538 + 4 /* CIE offset */
3539 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
3540 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
3541 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3544 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size
) == 1);
3547 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
3549 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3551 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3552 fde
->funcdef_number
);
3553 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (lsda_encoding
,
3554 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
3556 "Language Specific Data Area");
3560 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3561 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
3562 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
3563 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
3567 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
3570 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
3572 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= begin
;
3573 if (!fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
3574 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3575 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3578 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3579 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3581 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3582 if (cfi
== fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3588 dw_cfi_ref cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
3590 if (fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
)
3592 cfi_next
= fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
3593 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
3594 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, false, fde
, for_eh
);
3595 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= cfi_next
;
3597 for (cfi
= cfi_next
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3598 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
3601 /* If we are to emit a ref/link from function bodies to their frame tables,
3602 do it now. This is typically performed to make sure that tables
3603 associated with functions are dragged with them and not discarded in
3604 garbage collecting links. We need to do this on a per function basis to
3605 cope with -ffunction-sections. */
3607 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF
3608 /* Switch to the function section, emit the ref to the tables, and
3609 switch *back* into the table section. */
3610 switch_to_section (function_section (fde
->decl
));
3611 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_TABLE_REF (section_start_label
);
3612 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, true);
3615 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
3616 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3617 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
3618 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3623 /* Return true if frame description entry FDE is needed for EH. */
3626 fde_needed_for_eh_p (dw_fde_ref fde
)
3628 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
)
3631 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
&& DECL_WEAK (fde
->decl
))
3634 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3637 /* If exceptions are enabled, we have collected nothrow info. */
3638 if (flag_exceptions
&& (fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
|| fde
->nothrow
))
3644 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
3645 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
3646 location of saved registers. */
3649 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
3654 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
3655 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
3656 char augmentation
[6];
3657 int augmentation_size
;
3658 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3659 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3660 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
3662 rtx personality
= NULL
;
3665 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
3666 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
3669 /* Nothing to do if the assembler's doing it all. */
3670 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
3673 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't emit
3674 any EH unwind information. If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to
3675 emit an empty label for an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We
3676 want to avoid having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to
3677 is discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function template
3678 in C++ requires EH information, an explicit specialization doesn't. */
3681 bool any_eh_needed
= false;
3683 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3684 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
3685 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
3686 else if (fde_needed_for_eh_p (&fde_table
[i
]))
3687 any_eh_needed
= true;
3688 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
)
3689 targetm
.asm_out
.emit_unwind_label (asm_out_file
, fde_table
[i
].decl
,
3696 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
3700 /* Switch to the proper frame section, first time. */
3701 switch_to_frame_table_section (for_eh
, false);
3703 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3704 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
3706 /* Output the CIE. */
3707 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3708 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
3709 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4 && !for_eh
)
3710 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
3711 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
3712 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
3713 "Length of Common Information Entry");
3714 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
3716 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
3717 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
3718 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
3719 (for_eh
? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID
),
3720 "CIE Identifier Tag");
3722 /* Use the CIE version 3 for DWARF3; allow DWARF2 to continue to
3723 use CIE version 1, unless that would produce incorrect results
3724 due to overflowing the return register column. */
3725 return_reg
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, for_eh
);
3727 if (return_reg
>= 256 || dwarf_version
> 2)
3729 dw2_asm_output_data (1, dw_cie_version
, "CIE Version");
3731 augmentation
[0] = 0;
3732 augmentation_size
= 0;
3734 personality
= current_unit_personality
;
3740 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
3741 augmentation section.
3742 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
3743 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
3744 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
3746 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
3747 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
3749 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
3750 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3751 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3753 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
3757 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
3758 assemble_external_libcall (personality
);
3760 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3763 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3765 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3768 augmentation_size
+= 1;
3770 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
3772 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
3776 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
3777 if (personality
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
3779 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
3781 + 1 /* CIE version */
3782 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
3783 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
3784 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
3786 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
3787 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
3788 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
3790 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
3792 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
3793 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
3794 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) == 1);
3798 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
3799 if (dw_cie_version
>= 4)
3801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "CIE Address Size");
3802 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "CIE Segment Size");
3804 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
3805 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
3806 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
3808 if (dw_cie_version
== 1)
3809 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3811 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg
, "CIE RA Column");
3813 if (augmentation
[0])
3815 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
3818 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
3819 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
3820 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
3825 if (any_lsda_needed
)
3826 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
3827 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
3829 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
3830 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
3831 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
3834 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
3835 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
3837 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
3838 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
3839 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
3840 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
3842 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
3843 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
3846 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
3848 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
3849 if (for_eh
&& !fde_needed_for_eh_p (fde
))
3852 for (k
= 0; k
< (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
? 2 : 1); k
++)
3853 output_fde (fde
, for_eh
, k
, section_start_label
, fde_encoding
,
3854 augmentation
, any_lsda_needed
, lsda_encoding
);
3857 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
3858 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
3859 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
3860 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
3861 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
3862 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
3865 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
3870 /* Emit .cfi_startproc and .cfi_personality/.cfi_lsda if needed. */
3873 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (bool second
)
3877 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
3879 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_startproc\n");
3883 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
3886 /* ??? The GAS support isn't entirely consistent. We have to
3887 handle indirect support ourselves, but PC-relative is done
3888 in the assembler. Further, the assembler can't handle any
3889 of the weirder relocation types. */
3890 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3891 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3893 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_personality %#x,", enc
);
3894 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3895 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3898 if (crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
)
3902 enc
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
3903 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (lab
, second
? "LLSDAC" : "LLSDA",
3904 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3905 ref
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, lab
);
3906 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (ref
) = SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL
;
3908 if (enc
& DW_EH_PE_indirect
)
3909 ref
= dw2_force_const_mem (ref
, true);
3911 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_lsda %#x,", enc
);
3912 output_addr_const (asm_out_file
, ref
);
3913 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3917 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
3921 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3922 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3924 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3929 current_function_func_begin_label
= NULL
;
3931 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3932 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
3933 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
3935 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
3936 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3939 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3943 fnsec
= function_section (current_function_decl
);
3944 switch_to_section (fnsec
);
3945 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3946 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3947 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
3948 current_function_funcdef_no
);
3949 dup_label
= xstrdup (label
);
3950 current_function_func_begin_label
= dup_label
;
3952 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
3953 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
3954 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
3958 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
3959 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
3961 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
3962 fde_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_fde_node
, fde_table
, fde_table_allocated
);
3963 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
3964 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
3967 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
3968 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
3970 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
3971 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
3972 fde
->decl
= current_function_decl
;
3973 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= dup_label
;
3974 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= dup_label
;
3975 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= NULL
;
3976 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3977 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= NULL
;
3978 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= NULL
;
3979 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 0;
3980 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= 0;
3981 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
3982 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= NULL
;
3983 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= NULL
;
3984 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
3985 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= NULL
;
3986 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
3987 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= crtl
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
3988 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= crtl
->uses_eh_lsda
;
3989 fde
->nothrow
= crtl
->nothrow
;
3990 fde
->drap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3991 fde
->vdrap_reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
3992 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
3994 section
*unlikelysec
;
3995 if (first_function_block_is_cold
)
3996 fde
->in_std_section
= 1;
3999 = (fnsec
== text_section
4000 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
4001 unlikelysec
= unlikely_text_section ();
4002 fde
->cold_in_std_section
4003 = (unlikelysec
== text_section
4004 || (cold_text_section
&& unlikelysec
== cold_text_section
));
4009 = (fnsec
== text_section
4010 || (cold_text_section
&& fnsec
== cold_text_section
));
4011 fde
->cold_in_std_section
= 0;
4014 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
4016 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
4017 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
4018 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4020 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
, 0, true);
4023 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4024 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (false);
4027 rtx personality
= get_personality_function (current_function_decl
);
4028 if (!current_unit_personality
)
4029 current_unit_personality
= personality
;
4031 /* We cannot keep a current personality per function as without CFI
4032 asm, at the point where we emit the CFI data, there is no current
4033 function anymore. */
4034 if (personality
&& current_unit_personality
!= personality
)
4035 sorry ("multiple EH personalities are supported only with assemblers "
4036 "supporting .cfi_personality directive");
4040 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code
4041 for a function prologue. This gets called *after* the prologue code has
4045 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4046 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4049 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4051 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4053 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4054 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4055 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
4056 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4057 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4058 fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
= xstrdup (label
);
4061 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code
4062 for a function epilogue. This gets called *before* the prologue code has
4066 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4067 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4070 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4072 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
4073 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
4076 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4078 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4079 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4080 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, EPILOGUE_BEGIN_LABEL
,
4081 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4082 fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
= xstrdup (label
);
4085 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
4086 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
4090 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4091 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4094 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
4096 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4097 last_var_location_insn
= NULL_RTX
;
4100 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4101 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4103 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
4105 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
4106 current_function_funcdef_no
);
4107 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
4108 fde
= current_fde ();
4109 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
4110 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
4114 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
4116 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
4117 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_fde_node (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
4118 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
4119 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
4121 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
4122 sake of lookup_cfa. */
4124 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
4125 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
4127 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
4128 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
|| DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4129 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
4134 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
4136 /* Output call frame information. */
4137 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
)
4138 output_call_frame_info (0);
4140 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
4141 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
4142 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
4143 output_call_frame_info (1);
4147 /* Note that the current function section is being used for code. */
4150 dwarf2out_note_section_used (void)
4152 section
*sec
= current_function_section ();
4153 if (sec
== text_section
)
4154 text_section_used
= true;
4155 else if (sec
== cold_text_section
)
4156 cold_text_section_used
= true;
4160 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
4162 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
4164 gcc_assert (cfun
&& fde
&& !fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
);
4166 fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
= 1;
4167 fde
->dw_fde_switched_cold_to_hot
= !in_cold_section_p
;
4169 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_label
;
4170 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.hot_section_end_label
;
4171 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
4172 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_end_label
;
4173 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
4175 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
4176 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
4177 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
4179 /* There is no need to mark used sections when not debugging. */
4180 if (cold_text_section
!= NULL
)
4181 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
4183 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4184 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_endproc\n");
4186 /* Now do the real section switch. */
4187 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
4189 if (dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
4191 dwarf2out_do_cfi_startproc (true);
4192 /* As this is a different FDE, insert all current CFI instructions
4194 output_cfis (fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, true, fde
, true);
4198 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4200 cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
;
4202 while (cfi
->dw_cfi_next
!= NULL
)
4203 cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
;
4204 fde
->dw_fde_switch_cfi
= cfi
;
4209 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
4210 for emitting location expressions. */
4212 /* Data about a single source file. */
4213 struct GTY(()) dwarf_file_data
{
4214 const char * filename
;
4218 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
4219 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
4220 typedef const struct die_struct
*const_dw_die_ref
;
4221 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
4222 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
4224 typedef struct GTY(()) deferred_locations_struct
4228 } deferred_locations
;
4230 DEF_VEC_O(deferred_locations
);
4231 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(deferred_locations
,gc
);
4233 static GTY(()) VEC(deferred_locations
, gc
) *deferred_locations_list
;
4235 DEF_VEC_P(dw_die_ref
);
4236 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_P(dw_die_ref
,heap
);
4238 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
4239 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
4240 implementation are listed below. */
4245 dw_val_class_offset
,
4247 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
4248 dw_val_class_range_list
,
4250 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
4251 dw_val_class_const_double
,
4254 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
4255 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
4256 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
4257 dw_val_class_lineptr
,
4259 dw_val_class_macptr
,
4262 dw_val_class_vms_delta
4265 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
4267 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_vec_struct
{
4268 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
4274 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
4275 represented internally. */
4277 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_val_struct
{
4278 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
4279 union dw_val_struct_union
4281 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
4282 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
4283 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
4284 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
4285 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default)) val_int
;
4286 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
4287 double_int
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_const_double"))) val_double
;
4288 dw_vec_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec
;
4289 struct dw_val_die_union
4293 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
4294 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
4295 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
4296 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
4297 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
4298 struct dwarf_file_data
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file
;
4299 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_data8"))) val_data8
[8];
4300 struct dw_val_vms_delta_union
4304 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vms_delta"))) val_vms_delta
;
4306 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
4310 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
4313 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_descr_struct
{
4314 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
4315 ENUM_BITFIELD (dwarf_location_atom
) dw_loc_opc
: 8;
4316 /* Used to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol relocation
4317 from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
4318 unsigned int dtprel
: 1;
4320 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4321 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4325 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
4326 so you can track variables that are in different places over
4327 their entire life. */
4328 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_loc_list_struct
{
4329 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
4330 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
4331 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
4332 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
4333 Only on head of list */
4334 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
4335 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
4338 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
4340 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
4342 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
4345 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
4350 return "DW_OP_addr";
4352 return "DW_OP_deref";
4354 return "DW_OP_const1u";
4356 return "DW_OP_const1s";
4358 return "DW_OP_const2u";
4360 return "DW_OP_const2s";
4362 return "DW_OP_const4u";
4364 return "DW_OP_const4s";
4366 return "DW_OP_const8u";
4368 return "DW_OP_const8s";
4370 return "DW_OP_constu";
4372 return "DW_OP_consts";
4376 return "DW_OP_drop";
4378 return "DW_OP_over";
4380 return "DW_OP_pick";
4382 return "DW_OP_swap";
4386 return "DW_OP_xderef";
4394 return "DW_OP_minus";
4406 return "DW_OP_plus";
4407 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4408 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
4414 return "DW_OP_shra";
4432 return "DW_OP_skip";
4434 return "DW_OP_lit0";
4436 return "DW_OP_lit1";
4438 return "DW_OP_lit2";
4440 return "DW_OP_lit3";
4442 return "DW_OP_lit4";
4444 return "DW_OP_lit5";
4446 return "DW_OP_lit6";
4448 return "DW_OP_lit7";
4450 return "DW_OP_lit8";
4452 return "DW_OP_lit9";
4454 return "DW_OP_lit10";
4456 return "DW_OP_lit11";
4458 return "DW_OP_lit12";
4460 return "DW_OP_lit13";
4462 return "DW_OP_lit14";
4464 return "DW_OP_lit15";
4466 return "DW_OP_lit16";
4468 return "DW_OP_lit17";
4470 return "DW_OP_lit18";
4472 return "DW_OP_lit19";
4474 return "DW_OP_lit20";
4476 return "DW_OP_lit21";
4478 return "DW_OP_lit22";
4480 return "DW_OP_lit23";
4482 return "DW_OP_lit24";
4484 return "DW_OP_lit25";
4486 return "DW_OP_lit26";
4488 return "DW_OP_lit27";
4490 return "DW_OP_lit28";
4492 return "DW_OP_lit29";
4494 return "DW_OP_lit30";
4496 return "DW_OP_lit31";
4498 return "DW_OP_reg0";
4500 return "DW_OP_reg1";
4502 return "DW_OP_reg2";
4504 return "DW_OP_reg3";
4506 return "DW_OP_reg4";
4508 return "DW_OP_reg5";
4510 return "DW_OP_reg6";
4512 return "DW_OP_reg7";
4514 return "DW_OP_reg8";
4516 return "DW_OP_reg9";
4518 return "DW_OP_reg10";
4520 return "DW_OP_reg11";
4522 return "DW_OP_reg12";
4524 return "DW_OP_reg13";
4526 return "DW_OP_reg14";
4528 return "DW_OP_reg15";
4530 return "DW_OP_reg16";
4532 return "DW_OP_reg17";
4534 return "DW_OP_reg18";
4536 return "DW_OP_reg19";
4538 return "DW_OP_reg20";
4540 return "DW_OP_reg21";
4542 return "DW_OP_reg22";
4544 return "DW_OP_reg23";
4546 return "DW_OP_reg24";
4548 return "DW_OP_reg25";
4550 return "DW_OP_reg26";
4552 return "DW_OP_reg27";
4554 return "DW_OP_reg28";
4556 return "DW_OP_reg29";
4558 return "DW_OP_reg30";
4560 return "DW_OP_reg31";
4562 return "DW_OP_breg0";
4564 return "DW_OP_breg1";
4566 return "DW_OP_breg2";
4568 return "DW_OP_breg3";
4570 return "DW_OP_breg4";
4572 return "DW_OP_breg5";
4574 return "DW_OP_breg6";
4576 return "DW_OP_breg7";
4578 return "DW_OP_breg8";
4580 return "DW_OP_breg9";
4582 return "DW_OP_breg10";
4584 return "DW_OP_breg11";
4586 return "DW_OP_breg12";
4588 return "DW_OP_breg13";
4590 return "DW_OP_breg14";
4592 return "DW_OP_breg15";
4594 return "DW_OP_breg16";
4596 return "DW_OP_breg17";
4598 return "DW_OP_breg18";
4600 return "DW_OP_breg19";
4602 return "DW_OP_breg20";
4604 return "DW_OP_breg21";
4606 return "DW_OP_breg22";
4608 return "DW_OP_breg23";
4610 return "DW_OP_breg24";
4612 return "DW_OP_breg25";
4614 return "DW_OP_breg26";
4616 return "DW_OP_breg27";
4618 return "DW_OP_breg28";
4620 return "DW_OP_breg29";
4622 return "DW_OP_breg30";
4624 return "DW_OP_breg31";
4626 return "DW_OP_regx";
4628 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
4630 return "DW_OP_bregx";
4632 return "DW_OP_piece";
4633 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4634 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
4635 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4636 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
4640 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
4641 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
4643 return "DW_OP_call2";
4645 return "DW_OP_call4";
4646 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4647 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
4648 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4649 return "DW_OP_implicit_value";
4650 case DW_OP_stack_value
:
4651 return "DW_OP_stack_value";
4652 case DW_OP_form_tls_address
:
4653 return "DW_OP_form_tls_address";
4654 case DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
:
4655 return "DW_OP_call_frame_cfa";
4656 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4657 return "DW_OP_bit_piece";
4659 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
4660 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
4661 case DW_OP_GNU_uninit
:
4662 return "DW_OP_GNU_uninit";
4663 case DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr
:
4664 return "DW_OP_GNU_encoded_addr";
4667 return "OP_<unknown>";
4671 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
4672 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
4673 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
4675 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4676 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
4677 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
4679 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_descr_node ();
4681 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
4682 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4683 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
4684 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4685 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
4690 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description for
4693 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4694 new_reg_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4697 return new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
),
4700 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
4703 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
4706 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
4708 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
4710 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4711 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
4717 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location expression. */
4720 loc_descr_plus_const (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4722 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
4725 gcc_assert (*list_head
!= NULL
);
4730 /* Find the end of the chain. */
4731 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
4735 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_fbreg
4736 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
>= DW_OP_breg0
&& loc
->dw_loc_opc
<= DW_OP_breg31
))
4737 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
4738 else if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bregx
)
4739 p
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
4741 /* If the last operation is fbreg, breg{0..31,x}, optimize by adjusting its
4742 offset. Don't optimize if an signed integer overflow would happen. */
4744 && ((offset
> 0 && *p
<= INTTYPE_MAXIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)
4745 || (offset
< 0 && *p
>= INTTYPE_MINIMUM (HOST_WIDE_INT
) - offset
)))
4748 else if (offset
> 0)
4749 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
4753 loc
->dw_loc_next
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
4754 add_loc_descr (&loc
->dw_loc_next
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
4758 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4759 /* Add a constant OFFSET to a location list. */
4762 loc_list_plus_const (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4765 for (d
= list_head
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->dw_loc_next
)
4766 loc_descr_plus_const (&d
->expr
, offset
);
4770 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
4772 static unsigned long
4773 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4775 unsigned long size
= 1;
4777 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4780 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4799 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4802 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4807 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
4808 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4846 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4849 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4852 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
4855 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4856 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
4859 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4861 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
4862 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4863 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
);
4865 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
4866 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
4875 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
4876 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
4878 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4879 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
)
4880 + loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4889 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
4891 static unsigned long
4892 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4897 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
4898 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
4899 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4901 if (l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_skip
|| l
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bra
)
4903 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4908 for (size
= 0, l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->dw_loc_next
)
4910 l
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
4911 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (l
);
4917 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4918 static HOST_WIDE_INT
extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4921 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
4924 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4926 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
4927 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
4929 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
4931 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4934 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4939 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
4940 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 4,
4942 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4947 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4952 gcc_assert (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
);
4953 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
, 8,
4955 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
4960 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
4961 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4968 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
4969 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
4971 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
4974 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
4975 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
4976 switch (val2
->val_class
)
4978 case dw_val_class_const
:
4979 dw2_asm_output_data (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
4981 case dw_val_class_vec
:
4983 unsigned int elt_size
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
4984 unsigned int len
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.length
;
4988 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
4993 for (i
= 0, p
= val2
->v
.val_vec
.array
;
4996 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
4997 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
5000 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
5002 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
5004 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
5006 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5007 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5011 first
= val2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
5012 second
= val2
->v
.val_double
.high
;
5014 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5016 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
5020 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5021 gcc_assert (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
5022 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val2
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5037 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5038 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
5039 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
5040 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
5041 only doing unwinding. */
5046 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5049 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5052 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5055 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5057 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5058 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5092 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5095 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5098 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5101 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5102 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5105 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5107 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5108 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5109 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
5111 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5112 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5113 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
5119 if (targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
5121 targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file
,
5124 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
5131 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5132 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
5140 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5145 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
5148 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5150 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5152 /* Output the opcode. */
5153 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
5154 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
5156 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
5157 output_loc_operands (loc
);
5161 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any).
5162 The output is single bytes on a line, suitable for .cfi_escape. */
5165 output_loc_operands_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5167 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
5168 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
5170 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
5173 case DW_OP_implicit_value
:
5174 /* We cannot output addresses in .cfi_escape, only bytes. */
5180 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
5181 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
5182 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5183 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (1, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5188 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5189 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5194 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5195 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (4, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5200 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64);
5201 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5202 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (8, val1
->v
.val_int
);
5210 gcc_assert (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
);
5211 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
5213 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5214 dw2_asm_output_data_raw (2, offset
);
5219 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5222 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5223 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5226 case DW_OP_bit_piece
:
5227 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5228 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5229 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5266 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5267 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_int
);
5271 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5272 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
);
5273 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5274 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128_raw (val2
->v
.val_int
);
5278 /* Other codes have no operands. */
5284 output_loc_sequence_raw (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
5288 /* Output the opcode. */
5289 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x", loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5290 output_loc_operands_raw (loc
);
5292 if (!loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5294 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
5296 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5300 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
5301 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
5304 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5306 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5309 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5311 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, NULL
);
5312 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5315 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5317 /* Output the size of the block. */
5318 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5319 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
5321 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5322 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
5325 /* Similar, but used for .cfi_escape. */
5328 output_cfa_loc_raw (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
5330 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5333 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_expression
)
5335 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "%#x,", cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
);
5336 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5339 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
5341 /* Output the size of the block. */
5342 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
5343 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128_raw (size
);
5344 fputc (',', asm_out_file
);
5346 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
5347 output_loc_sequence_raw (loc
);
5350 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
5351 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
5354 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5355 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5357 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
5359 offset
+= cfa
->offset
;
5363 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
5364 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
5365 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
5366 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5369 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, offset
, 0);
5370 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
5374 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (cfa
->reg
, offset
);
5379 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence for
5380 the address at OFFSET from the CFA when stack is aligned to
5383 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
5384 build_cfa_aligned_loc (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, HOST_WIDE_INT alignment
)
5386 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
;
5387 unsigned int dwarf_fp
5388 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
5390 /* When CFA is defined as FP+OFFSET, emulate stack alignment. */
5391 if (cfa
.reg
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& cfa
.indirect
== 0)
5393 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, 0);
5394 add_loc_descr (&head
, int_loc_descriptor (alignment
));
5395 add_loc_descr (&head
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
5396 loc_descr_plus_const (&head
, offset
);
5399 head
= new_reg_loc_descr (dwarf_fp
, offset
);
5403 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
5404 descriptor sequence. */
5407 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
5409 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
5411 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
5415 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
5417 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
5453 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
5456 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5490 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
5491 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5494 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
5495 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
5500 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
5501 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
5504 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
5505 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
5509 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
5511 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
5512 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5514 /* .debug_str support. */
5515 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
5517 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
5518 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
5519 static void dwarf2out_assembly_start (void);
5520 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
5521 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
5522 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
5523 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
5524 static void dwarf2out_function_decl (tree
);
5525 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5526 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
5527 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree
);
5528 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
5529 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree
, int);
5530 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
, tree
, bool);
5531 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree
, tree
, tree
,
5533 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
5534 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx
);
5535 static void dwarf2out_direct_call (tree
);
5536 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree
, int);
5537 static void dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx
, rtx
);
5538 static void dwarf2out_virtual_call (int);
5539 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree
);
5540 static void dwarf2out_set_name (tree
, tree
);
5542 /* The debug hooks structure. */
5544 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
5548 dwarf2out_assembly_start
,
5551 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
5552 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
5553 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
5554 dwarf2out_end_block
,
5555 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
5556 dwarf2out_source_line
,
5557 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
5558 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
5559 dwarf2out_vms_end_prologue
,
5560 dwarf2out_vms_begin_epilogue
,
5562 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5563 debug_nothing_int_charstar
,
5565 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
5566 dwarf2out_begin_function
,
5567 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
5568 dwarf2out_function_decl
, /* function_decl */
5569 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
5570 dwarf2out_type_decl
, /* type_decl */
5571 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
5572 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
5573 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
5574 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
5575 something tries to reference them. */
5576 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
5577 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
5578 debug_nothing_int
, /* handle_pch */
5579 dwarf2out_var_location
,
5580 dwarf2out_switch_text_section
,
5581 dwarf2out_direct_call
,
5582 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token
,
5583 dwarf2out_copy_call_info
,
5584 dwarf2out_virtual_call
,
5586 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
5590 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
5591 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
5592 throughout the remainder of this file. */
5594 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
5595 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
5596 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
5597 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
5599 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
5600 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
5602 typedef long int dw_offset
;
5604 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
5606 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
5607 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
5608 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
5609 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
5610 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
5611 typedef struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
*dw_ranges_by_label_ref
;
5612 typedef struct comdat_type_struct
*comdat_type_node_ref
;
5614 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
5615 line number associated with the label generated for that
5616 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
5617 the line number entry. */
5619 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_line_info_struct
{
5620 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5621 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5625 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
5627 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_separate_line_info_struct
{
5628 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
5629 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
5630 unsigned long function
;
5632 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
5634 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
5635 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
5636 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
5638 typedef struct GTY(()) dw_attr_struct
{
5639 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
5640 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
5644 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node
);
5645 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node
,gc
);
5647 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
5648 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
5649 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
5651 typedef struct GTY((chain_circular ("%h.die_sib"))) die_struct
{
5652 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
5653 union die_symbol_or_type_node
5655 char * GTY ((tag ("0"))) die_symbol
;
5656 comdat_type_node_ref
GTY ((tag ("1"))) die_type_node
;
5658 GTY ((desc ("dwarf_version >= 4"))) die_id
;
5659 VEC(dw_attr_node
,gc
) * die_attr
;
5660 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
5661 dw_die_ref die_child
;
5663 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
5664 dw_offset die_offset
;
5665 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
5667 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
5668 int die_perennial_p
;
5669 unsigned int decl_id
;
5673 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
5674 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
5675 c = die->die_child; \
5679 } while (c != die->die_child); \
5682 /* The pubname structure */
5684 typedef struct GTY(()) pubname_struct
{
5690 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry
);
5691 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry
, gc
);
5693 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_struct
{
5694 /* If this is positive, it's a block number, otherwise it's a
5695 bitwise-negated index into dw_ranges_by_label. */
5699 struct GTY(()) dw_ranges_by_label_struct
{
5704 /* The comdat type node structure. */
5705 typedef struct GTY(()) comdat_type_struct
5707 dw_die_ref root_die
;
5708 dw_die_ref type_die
;
5709 char signature
[DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
];
5710 struct comdat_type_struct
*next
;
5714 /* The limbo die list structure. */
5715 typedef struct GTY(()) limbo_die_struct
{
5718 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
5722 typedef struct GTY(()) skeleton_chain_struct
5726 struct skeleton_chain_struct
*parent
;
5728 skeleton_chain_node
;
5730 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
5731 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
5732 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
5735 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
5736 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
5738 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
5739 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
5740 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
5741 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
5742 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
5743 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
5745 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
5746 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
5747 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
5748 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
5749 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
5750 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
5751 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
5752 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
5753 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
5754 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
5756 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
5757 language, and compiler version. */
5759 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
5760 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5761 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
5763 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF comdat type unit header. */
5764 #define DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
5765 (DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE \
5766 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
5768 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
5769 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
5771 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
5772 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
5773 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5774 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5775 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
5777 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
5778 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
5779 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
5780 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
5781 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
5782 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
5784 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
5785 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
5786 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
5787 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
5789 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
5793 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
5794 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
5795 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
5797 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
5798 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
5800 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
5801 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
5803 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
5804 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
5805 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
5806 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
5807 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
5809 /* Maximum number of operations per instruction bundle. */
5810 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
5811 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN 1
5814 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
5815 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
5816 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
5817 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
5820 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
5821 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
5823 /* A list of type DIEs that have been separated into comdat sections. */
5824 static GTY(()) comdat_type_node
*comdat_type_list
;
5826 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
5827 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
5829 /* A list of DIEs for which we may have to generate
5830 DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name once their DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAMEs are set. */
5831 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*deferred_asm_name
;
5833 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
5834 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data
))) htab_t file_table
;
5836 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
5837 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
5838 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
5840 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe COMMON blocks.
5841 The key is DECL_UID() ^ die_parent. */
5842 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t common_block_die_table
;
5844 typedef struct GTY(()) die_arg_entry_struct
{
5849 DEF_VEC_O(die_arg_entry
);
5850 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(die_arg_entry
,gc
);
5852 /* Node of the variable location list. */
5853 struct GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next"))) var_loc_node
{
5854 /* Either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION, or, for SRA optimized variables,
5855 EXPR_LIST chain. For small bitsizes, bitsize is encoded
5856 in mode of the EXPR_LIST node and first EXPR_LIST operand
5857 is either NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for a piece with a known
5858 location or NULL for padding. For larger bitsizes,
5859 mode is 0 and first operand is a CONCAT with bitsize
5860 as first CONCAT operand and NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION resp.
5861 NULL as second operand. */
5863 const char * GTY (()) label
;
5864 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) next
;
5867 /* Variable location list. */
5868 struct GTY (()) var_loc_list_def
{
5869 struct var_loc_node
* GTY (()) first
;
5871 /* Pointer to the last but one or last element of the
5872 chained list. If the list is empty, both first and
5873 last are NULL, if the list contains just one node
5874 or the last node certainly is not redundant, it points
5875 to the last node, otherwise points to the last but one.
5876 Do not mark it for GC because it is marked through the chain. */
5877 struct var_loc_node
* GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last
;
5879 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
5880 unsigned int decl_id
;
5882 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list
;
5885 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
5886 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list
))) htab_t decl_loc_table
;
5888 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
5889 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
5890 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
5891 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
5892 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
5894 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
5895 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
5897 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
5898 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
5900 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5901 abbrev_die_table. */
5902 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
5904 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5905 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
5906 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
5907 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
5909 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
5910 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
5912 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
5913 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
5915 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
5916 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
5917 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
5918 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
5920 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
5921 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
5923 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
5924 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
5926 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5928 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
5930 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5931 accessible names. */
5932 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubname_table
;
5934 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
5935 accessible types. */
5936 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * pubtype_table
;
5938 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
5939 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
5941 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
5942 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
5944 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
5945 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
5947 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5949 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5951 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
5952 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
5954 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
5955 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
5957 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
5958 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
5960 /* Array of pairs of labels referenced in ranges_table. */
5961 static GTY ((length ("ranges_by_label_allocated")))
5962 dw_ranges_by_label_ref ranges_by_label
;
5964 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_by_label. */
5965 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_allocated
;
5967 /* Number of elements in ranges_by_label currently in use. */
5968 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_by_label_in_use
;
5970 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
5972 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
5974 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
5975 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists
;
5977 /* Unique label counter. */
5978 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num
;
5980 /* Unique label counter for point-of-call tables. */
5981 static GTY(()) unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5983 /* The direct call table structure. */
5985 typedef struct GTY(()) dcall_struct
{
5986 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5988 dw_die_ref targ_die
;
5992 DEF_VEC_O(dcall_entry
);
5993 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dcall_entry
, gc
);
5995 /* The virtual call table structure. */
5997 typedef struct GTY(()) vcall_struct
{
5998 unsigned int poc_label_num
;
5999 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
6003 DEF_VEC_O(vcall_entry
);
6004 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(vcall_entry
, gc
);
6006 /* Pointers to the direct and virtual call tables. */
6007 static GTY (()) VEC (dcall_entry
, gc
) * dcall_table
= NULL
;
6008 static GTY (()) VEC (vcall_entry
, gc
) * vcall_table
= NULL
;
6010 /* A hash table to map INSN_UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
6012 struct GTY (()) vcall_insn
{
6014 unsigned int vtable_slot
;
6017 static GTY ((param_is (struct vcall_insn
))) htab_t vcall_insn_table
;
6019 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
6020 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
6021 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
6023 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
6024 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
6027 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
6028 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* last_emitted_file
;
6030 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
6031 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
6033 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
6034 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data
* file_table_last_lookup
;
6036 static GTY(()) VEC(die_arg_entry
,gc
) *tmpl_value_parm_die_table
;
6038 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
6040 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
6041 within the current function. */
6042 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
6044 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
6046 static int is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx
);
6047 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
6048 static int is_tagged_type (const_tree
);
6049 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
6050 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
6051 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
6052 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree
);
6053 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
6054 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
6055 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
6056 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6057 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
6058 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6059 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
6060 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6061 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
6062 static void add_AT_double (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6063 HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6064 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned int,
6065 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
6066 static void add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned char *);
6067 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
6068 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
6069 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6070 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
6071 static enum dwarf_form
AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
6072 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
6073 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6074 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
6075 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
6076 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
6077 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
6078 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
6079 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
6080 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6082 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
6083 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
6084 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
6085 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6086 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6087 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
6088 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6089 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6090 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6092 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
6093 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6094 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6095 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
6096 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6097 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6098 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6099 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6100 static bool is_cxx (void);
6101 static bool is_fortran (void);
6102 static bool is_ada (void);
6103 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
6104 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
6105 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6106 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6107 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
6108 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6109 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
6110 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6111 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
6112 static hashval_t
common_block_die_table_hash (const void *);
6113 static int common_block_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6114 static hashval_t
decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
6115 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
6116 static var_loc_list
*lookup_decl_loc (const_tree
);
6117 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6118 static struct var_loc_node
*add_var_loc_to_decl (tree
, rtx
, const char *);
6119 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
6120 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
6121 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
6122 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6123 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
6124 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6125 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6126 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6127 static void checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6128 static void checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6129 static void loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6130 static void attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_attr_ref
,
6131 struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6132 struct checksum_attributes
;
6133 static void collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*, dw_die_ref
);
6134 static void die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
6135 static void checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
6136 static void generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref
, comdat_type_node
*);
6137 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
6138 static int same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*, const dw_val_node
*, int *);
6139 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
6140 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
6141 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6142 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
6143 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
6144 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
6145 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
6146 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
6147 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
6148 static int is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref
);
6149 static int should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref
);
6150 static dw_die_ref
clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref
);
6151 static dw_die_ref
clone_die (dw_die_ref
);
6152 static dw_die_ref
clone_tree (dw_die_ref
);
6153 static void copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6154 static void generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6155 static void generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*);
6156 static dw_die_ref
generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref
);
6157 static dw_die_ref
remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref
,
6159 static void break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref
);
6160 static dw_die_ref
copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6161 static void copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, htab_t
);
6162 static void copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref
);
6164 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
6165 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
6166 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
6167 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
6168 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
6169 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
6170 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
6171 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
6172 static int constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
6173 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
6174 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
6175 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6176 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6177 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6178 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6179 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
6180 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6181 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
6182 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
6183 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
6184 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
6185 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
6186 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
6187 static void output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*);
6188 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
6189 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6190 static void add_pubname_string (const char *, dw_die_ref
);
6191 static void add_pubtype (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6192 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
,gc
) *);
6193 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6194 static void output_aranges (void);
6195 static unsigned int add_ranges_num (int);
6196 static unsigned int add_ranges (const_tree
);
6197 static void add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref
, const char *, const char *,
6199 static void output_ranges (void);
6200 static void output_line_info (void);
6201 static void output_file_names (void);
6202 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
6203 static int is_base_type (tree
);
6204 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6205 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6206 static dw_die_ref
generic_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6207 static dw_die_ref
template_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6208 static int type_is_enum (const_tree
);
6209 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (const_rtx
);
6210 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, int);
6211 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum var_init_status
);
6212 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int,
6213 enum var_init_status
);
6214 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6215 enum var_init_status
);
6216 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
6217 enum var_init_status
);
6218 static int is_based_loc (const_rtx
);
6219 static int resolve_one_addr (rtx
*, void *);
6220 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6221 enum var_init_status
);
6222 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
,
6223 enum var_init_status
);
6224 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
,
6225 enum var_init_status
);
6226 static dw_loc_list_ref
loc_list_from_tree (tree
, int);
6227 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
6228 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
6229 static tree
field_type (const_tree
);
6230 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6231 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree
);
6232 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree
);
6233 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (const_tree
);
6234 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6236 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6237 static bool add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
6238 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned, unsigned char *);
6239 static void insert_double (double_int
, unsigned char *);
6240 static void insert_float (const_rtx
, unsigned char *);
6241 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
6242 static bool add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
,
6243 enum dwarf_attribute
);
6244 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6245 static bool tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6246 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
6247 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
6248 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
6249 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
, bool);
6250 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6251 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6252 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6253 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6254 static dw_die_ref
add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6255 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6256 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6257 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6258 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
6259 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
6260 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6261 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6262 static inline int class_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6263 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
6264 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
6265 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6266 static const char *type_tag (const_tree
);
6267 static tree
member_declared_type (const_tree
);
6269 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
6271 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6272 static void gen_descr_array_type_die (tree
, struct array_descr_info
*, dw_die_ref
);
6274 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6276 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6277 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, tree
, bool, dw_die_ref
);
6278 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
, tree
*);
6279 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6280 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6281 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6282 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6283 static void gen_const_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6284 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6285 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6286 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6287 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6288 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6289 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
6290 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6291 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6292 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
,
6293 enum debug_info_usage
);
6294 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6295 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6296 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6297 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6298 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
6299 static int is_redundant_typedef (const_tree
);
6300 static bool is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree
);
6301 static inline dw_die_ref
get_context_die (tree
);
6302 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6303 static dw_die_ref
gen_decl_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6304 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
6305 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
6306 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6307 static dw_die_ref
declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6308 static struct dwarf_file_data
* lookup_filename (const char *);
6309 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
6310 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
6311 static void gen_generic_params_dies (tree
);
6312 static void gen_tagged_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6313 static void gen_type_die_with_usage (tree
, dw_die_ref
, enum debug_info_usage
);
6314 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
6315 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
6316 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
6317 const char *, const char *);
6318 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
6319 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
6321 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
6322 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
6323 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
6324 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
6325 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
6326 static void prune_unused_types (void);
6327 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
);
6328 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref
);
6329 static inline const char *AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref
);
6330 static inline void add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
6331 const char *, const char *);
6332 static void append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
6333 static void gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void);
6335 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
6336 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
6337 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
6339 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
6340 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
6342 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
6343 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
6345 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
6346 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
6348 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
6349 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
6351 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
6352 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
6354 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
6355 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
6357 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
6358 #define DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION ".debug_pubtypes"
6360 #ifndef DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
6361 #define DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION ".debug_dcall"
6363 #ifndef DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
6364 #define DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION ".debug_vcall"
6366 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
6367 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
6369 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
6370 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
6373 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
6374 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
6375 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
6378 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
6379 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
6380 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_debug_strings \
6381 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
6384 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
6385 the section names themselves. */
6387 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6388 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
6390 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
6391 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
6393 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
6394 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
6396 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
6397 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
6399 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
6400 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
6402 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
6403 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
6405 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
6406 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
6408 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
6409 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
6413 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
6414 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
6415 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
6416 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
6417 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
6419 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6420 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6421 static char cold_text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6422 static char cold_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6423 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6424 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6425 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6426 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6427 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6428 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
6430 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
6431 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
6433 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
6434 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
6436 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
6437 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
6439 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
6440 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
6442 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
6443 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
6445 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
6446 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
6450 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
6451 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
6453 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
6456 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
6458 demangle_name_func
= func
;
6461 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
6464 is_pseudo_reg (const_rtx rtl
)
6466 return ((REG_P (rtl
) && REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
6467 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
6468 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
6471 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
6475 type_main_variant (tree type
)
6477 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6479 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
6480 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
6481 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
6482 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
6484 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
6485 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
6486 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
6491 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
6494 is_tagged_type (const_tree type
)
6496 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
6498 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
6499 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
6502 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
6505 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
6509 case DW_TAG_padding
:
6510 return "DW_TAG_padding";
6511 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
6512 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
6513 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
6514 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
6515 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
6516 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
6517 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
6518 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
6519 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
6520 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
6521 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
6522 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
6524 return "DW_TAG_label";
6525 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
6526 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
6528 return "DW_TAG_member";
6529 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
6530 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
6531 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
6532 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
6533 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
6534 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
6535 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
6536 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
6537 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
6538 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
6539 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
6540 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
6541 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
6542 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
6543 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
6544 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
6545 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
6546 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
6547 case DW_TAG_variant
:
6548 return "DW_TAG_variant";
6549 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
6550 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
6551 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
6552 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
6553 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
6554 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
6555 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
6556 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
6558 return "DW_TAG_module";
6559 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
6560 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
6561 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
6562 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
6563 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
6564 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
6565 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
6566 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
6567 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
6568 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
6569 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
6570 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
6571 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
6572 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
6573 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
6574 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
6575 case DW_TAG_constant
:
6576 return "DW_TAG_constant";
6577 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
6578 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
6579 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
6580 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
6582 return "DW_TAG_friend";
6583 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
6584 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
6585 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
6586 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
6587 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
6588 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
6589 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
6590 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
6591 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
6592 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
6593 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
6594 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
6595 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
6596 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
6597 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
6598 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
6599 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
6600 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
6601 case DW_TAG_variable
:
6602 return "DW_TAG_variable";
6603 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
6604 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
6605 case DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure
:
6606 return "DW_TAG_dwarf_procedure";
6607 case DW_TAG_restrict_type
:
6608 return "DW_TAG_restrict_type";
6609 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
6610 return "DW_TAG_interface_type";
6611 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
6612 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
6613 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
6614 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
6615 case DW_TAG_unspecified_type
:
6616 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_type";
6617 case DW_TAG_partial_unit
:
6618 return "DW_TAG_partial_unit";
6619 case DW_TAG_imported_unit
:
6620 return "DW_TAG_imported_unit";
6621 case DW_TAG_condition
:
6622 return "DW_TAG_condition";
6623 case DW_TAG_shared_type
:
6624 return "DW_TAG_shared_type";
6625 case DW_TAG_type_unit
:
6626 return "DW_TAG_type_unit";
6627 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
6628 return "DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type";
6629 case DW_TAG_template_alias
:
6630 return "DW_TAG_template_alias";
6631 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
:
6632 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack";
6633 case DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
:
6634 return "DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack";
6635 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
6636 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
6637 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
6638 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
6639 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
6640 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
6641 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
6642 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
6643 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
6644 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
6645 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
6646 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
6647 case DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
:
6648 return "DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param";
6650 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
6654 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
6657 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
6662 return "DW_AT_sibling";
6663 case DW_AT_location
:
6664 return "DW_AT_location";
6666 return "DW_AT_name";
6667 case DW_AT_ordering
:
6668 return "DW_AT_ordering";
6669 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
6670 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
6671 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
6672 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
6673 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
6674 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
6675 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
6676 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
6677 case DW_AT_element_list
:
6678 return "DW_AT_element_list";
6679 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
6680 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
6682 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
6684 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
6685 case DW_AT_language
:
6686 return "DW_AT_language";
6688 return "DW_AT_member";
6690 return "DW_AT_discr";
6691 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
6692 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
6693 case DW_AT_visibility
:
6694 return "DW_AT_visibility";
6696 return "DW_AT_import";
6697 case DW_AT_string_length
:
6698 return "DW_AT_string_length";
6699 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
6700 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
6701 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
6702 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
6703 case DW_AT_const_value
:
6704 return "DW_AT_const_value";
6705 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
6706 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
6707 case DW_AT_default_value
:
6708 return "DW_AT_default_value";
6710 return "DW_AT_inline";
6711 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
6712 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
6713 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
6714 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
6715 case DW_AT_producer
:
6716 return "DW_AT_producer";
6717 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
6718 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
6719 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
6720 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
6721 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
6722 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
6723 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
6724 return "DW_AT_bit_stride";
6725 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
6726 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
6727 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
6728 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
6729 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
6730 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
6731 case DW_AT_address_class
:
6732 return "DW_AT_address_class";
6733 case DW_AT_artificial
:
6734 return "DW_AT_artificial";
6735 case DW_AT_base_types
:
6736 return "DW_AT_base_types";
6737 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
6738 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
6740 return "DW_AT_count";
6741 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
6742 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
6743 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
6744 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
6745 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
6746 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
6747 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
6748 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
6749 case DW_AT_declaration
:
6750 return "DW_AT_declaration";
6751 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
6752 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
6753 case DW_AT_encoding
:
6754 return "DW_AT_encoding";
6755 case DW_AT_external
:
6756 return "DW_AT_external";
6757 case DW_AT_explicit
:
6758 return "DW_AT_explicit";
6759 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
6760 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
6762 return "DW_AT_friend";
6763 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
6764 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
6765 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
6766 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
6767 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
6768 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
6769 case DW_AT_priority
:
6770 return "DW_AT_priority";
6772 return "DW_AT_segment";
6773 case DW_AT_specification
:
6774 return "DW_AT_specification";
6775 case DW_AT_static_link
:
6776 return "DW_AT_static_link";
6778 return "DW_AT_type";
6779 case DW_AT_use_location
:
6780 return "DW_AT_use_location";
6781 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
6782 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
6783 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
6784 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
6785 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
6786 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
6788 case DW_AT_allocated
:
6789 return "DW_AT_allocated";
6790 case DW_AT_associated
:
6791 return "DW_AT_associated";
6792 case DW_AT_data_location
:
6793 return "DW_AT_data_location";
6794 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
6795 return "DW_AT_byte_stride";
6796 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
6797 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
6798 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
6799 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
6800 case DW_AT_extension
:
6801 return "DW_AT_extension";
6803 return "DW_AT_ranges";
6804 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
6805 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
6806 case DW_AT_call_column
:
6807 return "DW_AT_call_column";
6808 case DW_AT_call_file
:
6809 return "DW_AT_call_file";
6810 case DW_AT_call_line
:
6811 return "DW_AT_call_line";
6812 case DW_AT_object_pointer
:
6813 return "DW_AT_object_pointer";
6815 case DW_AT_signature
:
6816 return "DW_AT_signature";
6817 case DW_AT_main_subprogram
:
6818 return "DW_AT_main_subprogram";
6819 case DW_AT_data_bit_offset
:
6820 return "DW_AT_data_bit_offset";
6821 case DW_AT_const_expr
:
6822 return "DW_AT_const_expr";
6823 case DW_AT_enum_class
:
6824 return "DW_AT_enum_class";
6825 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
6826 return "DW_AT_linkage_name";
6828 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
6829 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
6830 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
6831 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
6832 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
6833 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
6834 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
6835 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
6836 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
6837 case DW_AT_HP_prologue
:
6838 return "DW_AT_HP_prologue";
6840 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
6841 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
6843 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
6844 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
6845 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
6846 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
6847 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
6848 case DW_AT_HP_epilogue
:
6849 return "DW_AT_HP_epilogue";
6851 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
6852 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
6854 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
6855 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
6856 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
6857 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
6858 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
6859 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
6861 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
6862 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
6863 case DW_AT_src_info
:
6864 return "DW_AT_src_info";
6865 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
6866 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
6867 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
6868 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
6869 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
6870 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
6871 case DW_AT_body_end
:
6872 return "DW_AT_body_end";
6873 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
6874 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
6875 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by
:
6876 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded_by";
6877 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by
:
6878 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded_by";
6879 case DW_AT_GNU_guarded
:
6880 return "DW_AT_GNU_guarded";
6881 case DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded
:
6882 return "DW_AT_GNU_pt_guarded";
6883 case DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded
:
6884 return "DW_AT_GNU_locks_excluded";
6885 case DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required
:
6886 return "DW_AT_GNU_exclusive_locks_required";
6887 case DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required
:
6888 return "DW_AT_GNU_shared_locks_required";
6889 case DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
:
6890 return "DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature";
6891 case DW_AT_GNU_template_name
:
6892 return "DW_AT_GNU_template_name";
6894 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
6895 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
6898 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
6902 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
6905 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
6910 return "DW_FORM_addr";
6911 case DW_FORM_block2
:
6912 return "DW_FORM_block2";
6913 case DW_FORM_block4
:
6914 return "DW_FORM_block4";
6916 return "DW_FORM_data2";
6918 return "DW_FORM_data4";
6920 return "DW_FORM_data8";
6921 case DW_FORM_string
:
6922 return "DW_FORM_string";
6924 return "DW_FORM_block";
6925 case DW_FORM_block1
:
6926 return "DW_FORM_block1";
6928 return "DW_FORM_data1";
6930 return "DW_FORM_flag";
6932 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
6934 return "DW_FORM_strp";
6936 return "DW_FORM_udata";
6937 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
6938 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
6940 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
6942 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
6944 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
6946 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
6947 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
6948 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
6949 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
6950 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
6951 case DW_FORM_sec_offset
:
6952 return "DW_FORM_sec_offset";
6953 case DW_FORM_exprloc
:
6954 return "DW_FORM_exprloc";
6955 case DW_FORM_flag_present
:
6956 return "DW_FORM_flag_present";
6957 case DW_FORM_ref_sig8
:
6958 return "DW_FORM_ref_sig8";
6960 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
6964 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
6965 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
6966 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
6967 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
6971 decl_ultimate_origin (const_tree decl
)
6973 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl
), TS_DECL_COMMON
))
6976 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
6977 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
6978 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
6979 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
6982 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
6983 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
6984 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)));
6986 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
6989 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
6990 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
6994 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
6996 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
6998 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
6999 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
7001 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
7002 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
7004 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
7005 context
= NULL_TREE
;
7010 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
7013 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
7015 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
7019 if (die
->die_attr
== NULL
)
7020 die
->die_attr
= VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node
, gc
, 1);
7021 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node
, gc
, die
->die_attr
, attr
);
7024 static inline enum dw_val_class
7025 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
7027 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
7030 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
7033 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
7037 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7038 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
7039 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
7040 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7043 static inline unsigned
7044 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
7046 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
);
7047 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
7050 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7053 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
7057 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7058 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
7059 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
7060 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7063 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7064 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
7066 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
);
7067 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
7070 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7073 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7074 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
7078 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7079 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
7080 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
7081 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7084 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7085 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
7087 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
);
7088 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
7091 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
7094 add_AT_double (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7095 HOST_WIDE_INT high
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT low
)
7099 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7100 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
7101 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
= high
;
7102 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
= low
;
7103 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7106 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
7109 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7110 unsigned int length
, unsigned int elt_size
, unsigned char *array
)
7114 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7115 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
7116 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
7117 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
7118 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
7119 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7122 /* Add an 8-byte data attribute value to a DIE. */
7125 add_AT_data8 (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7126 unsigned char data8
[8])
7130 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7131 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_data8
;
7132 memcpy (attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
, data8
, 8);
7133 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7136 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
7139 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
7141 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
7145 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
7147 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
7148 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
7151 /* Add STR to the indirect string hash table. */
7153 static struct indirect_string_node
*
7154 find_AT_string (const char *str
)
7156 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7159 if (! debug_str_hash
)
7160 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
7161 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
7163 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
7164 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
7167 node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_indirect_string_node ();
7168 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
7172 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
7178 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
7181 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
7184 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7186 node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7188 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7189 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
7190 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
7191 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7194 /* Create a label for an indirect string node, ensuring it is going to
7195 be output, unless its reference count goes down to zero. */
7198 gen_label_for_indirect_string (struct indirect_string_node
*node
)
7205 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
7206 ++dw2_string_counter
;
7207 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
7210 /* Create a SYMBOL_REF rtx whose value is the initial address of a
7211 debug string STR. */
7214 get_debug_string_label (const char *str
)
7216 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= find_AT_string (str
);
7218 debug_str_hash_forced
= true;
7220 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7222 return gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, node
->label
);
7225 static inline const char *
7226 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
7228 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7229 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
7232 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
7233 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
7235 static enum dwarf_form
7236 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
7238 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
7241 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
);
7243 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
7247 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
7249 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
7250 always better to put it inline. */
7251 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
7252 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7254 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
7255 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
7257 if (DWARF2_INDIRECT_STRING_SUPPORT_MISSING_ON_TARGET
7258 || ((debug_str_section
->common
.flags
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
7259 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
))
7260 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
7262 gen_label_for_indirect_string (node
);
7264 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
7267 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7270 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7274 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7275 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
7276 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
7277 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
7278 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7281 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
7282 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
7285 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
7287 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
7288 gcc_assert (!targ_die
->die_definition
);
7289 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
7292 static inline dw_die_ref
7293 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
7295 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7296 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
7300 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
7302 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
7303 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
7309 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
7311 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
);
7312 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
7315 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
7318 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
7322 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7323 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
7324 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
7325 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7328 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
7331 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
7335 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7336 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
7337 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
7338 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7341 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
7342 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
7344 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
7345 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
7349 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
7353 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7354 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
7355 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
7356 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7357 have_location_lists
= true;
7360 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
7361 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
7363 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7364 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7367 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
*
7368 AT_loc_list_ptr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7370 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
);
7371 return &a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
7374 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
7377 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
7381 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7382 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
7383 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
7384 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7387 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
7390 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
7392 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
);
7393 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
7396 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
7399 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7400 struct dwarf_file_data
*fd
)
7404 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7405 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_file
;
7406 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
= fd
;
7407 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7410 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
7412 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7413 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a
)
7415 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_file
);
7416 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
;
7419 /* Add a vms delta attribute value to a DIE. */
7422 add_AT_vms_delta (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7423 const char *lbl1
, const char *lbl2
)
7427 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7428 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vms_delta
;
7429 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
= xstrdup (lbl1
);
7430 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
= xstrdup (lbl2
);
7431 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7434 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
7437 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
7441 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7442 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
7443 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
7444 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7447 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7448 debug_line section. */
7451 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7456 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7457 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lineptr
;
7458 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7459 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7462 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
7463 debug_macinfo section. */
7466 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7471 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7472 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_macptr
;
7473 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
7474 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7477 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
7480 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7481 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7485 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7486 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
7487 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7488 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7491 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
7494 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
7495 long unsigned int offset
)
7499 attr
.dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
7500 attr
.dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
7501 attr
.dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
7502 add_dwarf_attr (die
, &attr
);
7505 /* Return the start label of a delta attribute. */
7507 static inline const char *
7508 AT_vms_delta1 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7510 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7511 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl1
;
7514 /* Return the end label of a delta attribute. */
7516 static inline const char *
7517 AT_vms_delta2 (dw_attr_ref a
)
7519 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_vms_delta
));
7520 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vms_delta
.lbl2
;
7523 static inline const char *
7524 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
7526 gcc_assert (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
7527 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lineptr
7528 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_macptr
));
7529 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
7532 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
7535 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7539 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
7544 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7545 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7547 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
7548 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
7552 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
7557 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7558 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7559 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7561 static inline const char *
7562 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7564 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
7566 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7569 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
7570 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
7571 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
7573 static inline const char *
7574 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
7576 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
7578 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
7581 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
7582 NULL if it is not present. */
7584 static inline const char *
7585 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7587 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7589 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
7592 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
7593 if it is not present. */
7596 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7598 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7600 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
7603 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
7604 if it is not present. */
7606 static inline unsigned
7607 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7609 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7611 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
7614 static inline dw_die_ref
7615 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7617 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7619 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
7622 static inline struct dwarf_file_data
*
7623 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7625 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
7627 return a
? AT_file (a
) : NULL
;
7630 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
7635 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7637 return lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
|| lang
== DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
7640 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
7645 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7647 return (lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
7648 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
7649 || lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran95
);
7652 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
7657 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
7659 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
7662 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
7665 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
7673 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
7674 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
7676 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
7677 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
7678 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
7680 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
7682 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
);
7687 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
7688 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
7691 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7693 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7694 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== child
);
7697 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
);
7701 prev
->die_sib
= child
->die_sib
;
7702 if (child
->die_parent
->die_child
== child
)
7703 child
->die_parent
->die_child
= prev
;
7706 /* Replace OLD_CHILD with NEW_CHILD. PREV must have the property that
7707 PREV->DIE_SIB == OLD_CHILD. Does not alter OLD_CHILD. */
7710 replace_child (dw_die_ref old_child
, dw_die_ref new_child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
7712 dw_die_ref parent
= old_child
->die_parent
;
7714 gcc_assert (parent
== prev
->die_parent
);
7715 gcc_assert (prev
->die_sib
== old_child
);
7717 new_child
->die_parent
= parent
;
7718 if (prev
== old_child
)
7720 gcc_assert (parent
->die_child
== old_child
);
7721 new_child
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7725 prev
->die_sib
= new_child
;
7726 new_child
->die_sib
= old_child
->die_sib
;
7728 if (old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
== old_child
)
7729 old_child
->die_parent
->die_child
= new_child
;
7732 /* Move all children from OLD_PARENT to NEW_PARENT. */
7735 move_all_children (dw_die_ref old_parent
, dw_die_ref new_parent
)
7738 new_parent
->die_child
= old_parent
->die_child
;
7739 old_parent
->die_child
= NULL
;
7740 FOR_EACH_CHILD (new_parent
, c
, c
->die_parent
= new_parent
);
7743 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
7747 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
7753 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
7755 while (c
->die_tag
== tag
)
7757 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
7758 /* Might have removed every child. */
7759 if (c
== c
->die_sib
)
7763 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
7766 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
7769 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
7771 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
7772 if (! die
|| ! child_die
)
7774 gcc_assert (die
!= child_die
);
7776 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
7779 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
7780 die
->die_child
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7783 child_die
->die_sib
= child_die
;
7784 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
7787 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
7788 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
7789 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
7792 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
7796 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
7797 specification DIE at toplevel. */
7798 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
7800 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
7806 gcc_assert (child
->die_parent
== parent
7807 || (child
->die_parent
7808 == get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
)));
7810 for (p
= child
->die_parent
->die_child
; ; p
= p
->die_sib
)
7811 if (p
->die_sib
== child
)
7813 remove_child_with_prev (child
, p
);
7817 add_child_die (parent
, child
);
7820 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
7822 static inline dw_die_ref
7823 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
7825 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
7827 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
7829 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
7830 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
7833 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
7835 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
7836 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
7837 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
7838 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
7839 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
7845 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
7847 static inline dw_die_ref
7848 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
7850 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
7853 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
7856 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
7858 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
7861 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
7864 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
7866 return (hashval_t
) ((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
7869 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
7872 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7874 return (((const_dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7877 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
7879 static inline dw_die_ref
7880 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
7882 return (dw_die_ref
) htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7885 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
7888 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x
)
7890 return (hashval_t
) ((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
;
7893 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
7897 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
7899 return (((const var_loc_list
*) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const_tree
) y
));
7902 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
7904 static inline var_loc_list
*
7905 lookup_decl_loc (const_tree decl
)
7907 if (!decl_loc_table
)
7909 return (var_loc_list
*)
7910 htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
7913 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
7916 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
7918 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
7921 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
7923 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
7926 /* Return how many bits covers PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
7929 decl_piece_bitsize (rtx piece
)
7931 int ret
= (int) GET_MODE (piece
);
7934 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (piece
, 0)) == CONCAT
7935 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0)));
7936 return INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 0));
7939 /* Return pointer to the location of location note in PIECE EXPR_LIST. */
7942 decl_piece_varloc_ptr (rtx piece
)
7944 if ((int) GET_MODE (piece
))
7945 return &XEXP (piece
, 0);
7947 return &XEXP (XEXP (piece
, 0), 1);
7950 /* Create an EXPR_LIST for location note LOC_NOTE covering BITSIZE bits.
7951 Next is the chain of following piece nodes. */
7954 decl_piece_node (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx next
)
7956 if (bitsize
<= (int) MAX_MACHINE_MODE
)
7957 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (bitsize
, loc_note
, next
);
7959 return alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_CONCAT (VOIDmode
,
7964 /* Return rtx that should be stored into loc field for
7965 LOC_NOTE and BITPOS/BITSIZE. */
7968 construct_piece_list (rtx loc_note
, HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
,
7969 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
)
7973 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, NULL_RTX
);
7975 loc_note
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
, loc_note
);
7980 /* This function either modifies location piece list *DEST in
7981 place (if SRC and INNER is NULL), or copies location piece list
7982 *SRC to *DEST while modifying it. Location BITPOS is modified
7983 to contain LOC_NOTE, any pieces overlapping it are removed resp.
7984 not copied and if needed some padding around it is added.
7985 When modifying in place, DEST should point to EXPR_LIST where
7986 earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits, when copying SRC points
7987 to the start of the whole list and INNER points to the EXPR_LIST
7988 where earlier pieces cover PIECE_BITPOS bits. */
7991 adjust_piece_list (rtx
*dest
, rtx
*src
, rtx
*inner
,
7992 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos
, HOST_WIDE_INT piece_bitpos
,
7993 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, rtx loc_note
)
7996 bool copy
= inner
!= NULL
;
8000 /* First copy all nodes preceeding the current bitpos. */
8001 while (src
!= inner
)
8003 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8004 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8005 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8006 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8009 /* Add padding if needed. */
8010 if (bitpos
!= piece_bitpos
)
8012 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, bitpos
- piece_bitpos
,
8013 copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8014 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8016 else if (*dest
&& decl_piece_bitsize (*dest
) == bitsize
)
8019 /* A piece with correct bitpos and bitsize already exist,
8020 just update the location for it and return. */
8021 *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*dest
) = loc_note
;
8024 /* Add the piece that changed. */
8025 *dest
= decl_piece_node (loc_note
, bitsize
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8026 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8027 /* Skip over pieces that overlap it. */
8028 diff
= bitpos
- piece_bitpos
+ bitsize
;
8031 while (diff
> 0 && *src
)
8034 diff
-= decl_piece_bitsize (piece
);
8036 src
= &XEXP (piece
, 1);
8039 *src
= XEXP (piece
, 1);
8040 free_EXPR_LIST_node (piece
);
8043 /* Add padding if needed. */
8044 if (diff
< 0 && *src
)
8048 *dest
= decl_piece_node (NULL_RTX
, -diff
, copy
? NULL_RTX
: *dest
);
8049 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8053 /* Finally copy all nodes following it. */
8056 *dest
= decl_piece_node (*decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*src
),
8057 decl_piece_bitsize (*src
), NULL_RTX
);
8058 dest
= &XEXP (*dest
, 1);
8059 src
= &XEXP (*src
, 1);
8063 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
8065 static struct var_loc_node
*
8066 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl
, rtx loc_note
, const char *label
)
8068 unsigned int decl_id
;
8071 struct var_loc_node
*loc
= NULL
;
8072 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
= -1, bitpos
= -1;
8074 if (DECL_DEBUG_EXPR_IS_FROM (decl
))
8076 tree realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
8077 if (realdecl
&& handled_component_p (realdecl
))
8079 HOST_WIDE_INT maxsize
;
8082 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl
, &bitpos
, &bitsize
, &maxsize
);
8083 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl
)
8084 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
8085 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
8087 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256
8088 || bitsize
!= maxsize
)
8094 decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
8095 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
8098 temp
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_list ();
8099 temp
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
8103 temp
= (var_loc_list
*) *slot
;
8107 struct var_loc_node
*last
= temp
->last
, *unused
= NULL
;
8108 rtx
*piece_loc
= NULL
, last_loc_note
;
8109 int piece_bitpos
= 0;
8113 gcc_assert (last
->next
== NULL
);
8115 if (bitsize
!= -1 && GET_CODE (last
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
8117 piece_loc
= &last
->loc
;
8120 int cur_bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
);
8121 if (piece_bitpos
+ cur_bitsize
> bitpos
)
8123 piece_bitpos
+= cur_bitsize
;
8124 piece_loc
= &XEXP (*piece_loc
, 1);
8128 /* TEMP->LAST here is either pointer to the last but one or
8129 last element in the chained list, LAST is pointer to the
8131 if (label
&& strcmp (last
->label
, label
) == 0)
8133 /* For SRA optimized variables if there weren't any real
8134 insns since last note, just modify the last node. */
8135 if (piece_loc
!= NULL
)
8137 adjust_piece_list (piece_loc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8138 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8141 /* If the last note doesn't cover any instructions, remove it. */
8142 if (temp
->last
!= last
)
8144 temp
->last
->next
= NULL
;
8147 gcc_assert (strcmp (last
->label
, label
) != 0);
8151 gcc_assert (temp
->first
== temp
->last
);
8152 memset (temp
->last
, '\0', sizeof (*temp
->last
));
8153 temp
->last
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8157 if (bitsize
== -1 && NOTE_P (last
->loc
))
8158 last_loc_note
= last
->loc
;
8159 else if (piece_loc
!= NULL
8160 && *piece_loc
!= NULL_RTX
8161 && piece_bitpos
== bitpos
8162 && decl_piece_bitsize (*piece_loc
) == bitsize
)
8163 last_loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (*piece_loc
);
8165 last_loc_note
= NULL_RTX
;
8166 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
8167 and either both or neither of the locations is uninitialized,
8168 we have nothing to do. */
8169 if (last_loc_note
== NULL_RTX
8170 || (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (last_loc_note
),
8171 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
)))
8172 || ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8173 != NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
))
8174 && ((NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (last_loc_note
)
8175 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
8176 || (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
)
8177 == VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
))))
8179 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. If the last
8180 element of the list has been removed above, reuse its
8181 memory for the new node, otherwise allocate a new one. */
8185 memset (loc
, '\0', sizeof (*loc
));
8188 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8189 if (bitsize
== -1 || piece_loc
== NULL
)
8190 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8192 adjust_piece_list (&loc
->loc
, &last
->loc
, piece_loc
,
8193 bitpos
, piece_bitpos
, bitsize
, loc_note
);
8195 /* Ensure TEMP->LAST will point either to the new last but one
8196 element of the chain, or to the last element in it. */
8197 if (last
!= temp
->last
)
8205 loc
= ggc_alloc_cleared_var_loc_node ();
8208 loc
->loc
= construct_piece_list (loc_note
, bitpos
, bitsize
);
8213 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
8214 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
8215 the DIE internal representation. */
8216 static int print_indent
;
8218 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
8221 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
8223 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
8226 /* Print a type signature in hex. */
8229 print_signature (FILE *outfile
, char *sig
)
8233 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
8234 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", sig
[i
] & 0xff);
8237 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
8238 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8241 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
8247 print_spaces (outfile
);
8248 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
8249 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
8250 print_spaces (outfile
);
8251 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
8252 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %ld\n", die
->die_offset
);
8253 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8255 print_spaces (outfile
);
8256 fprintf (outfile
, " signature: ");
8257 print_signature (outfile
, die
->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8258 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8261 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8263 print_spaces (outfile
);
8264 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
8266 switch (AT_class (a
))
8268 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8269 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
8271 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8272 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
8274 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8275 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
8277 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
8278 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
8279 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
8281 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
8282 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
8284 case dw_val_class_const
:
8285 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
8287 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8288 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
8290 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8291 fprintf (outfile
, "constant ("HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
","\
8292 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
")",
8293 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
,
8294 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
);
8296 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8297 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point or vector constant");
8299 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8300 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
8302 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8303 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
8305 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
)
8307 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> signature: ");
8308 print_signature (outfile
,
8309 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
->signature
);
8311 else if (dwarf_version
< 4 && AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
)
8312 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s",
8313 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
8315 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
8318 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
8320 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8321 fprintf (outfile
, "delta: @slotcount(%s-%s)",
8322 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
));
8324 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8325 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8326 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8327 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
8329 case dw_val_class_str
:
8330 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
8331 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
8333 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
8335 case dw_val_class_file
:
8336 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a
)->filename
,
8337 AT_file (a
)->emitted_number
);
8339 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8343 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
8344 fprintf (outfile
, "%02x", a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
]);
8351 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8354 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
8357 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, print_die (c
, outfile
));
8360 if (print_indent
== 0)
8361 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
8364 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
8365 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8368 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
8371 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
8373 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
8374 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
8376 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
8377 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i
,
8378 line_info
->dw_file_num
,
8379 line_info
->dw_line_num
);
8382 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
8385 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
8388 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
8390 print_die (die
, stderr
);
8393 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
8394 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
8400 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
8401 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
8402 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
8405 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
8406 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
8407 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
8410 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
8412 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8413 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
8415 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
8419 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
8422 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
8424 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
8426 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
8430 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8431 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
8433 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8436 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8440 tem
= (loc
->dtprel
<< 8) | ((unsigned int) loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8442 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8443 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8446 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8449 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8451 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8454 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
8456 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
8457 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
8458 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
8461 switch (AT_class (at
))
8463 case dw_val_class_const
:
8464 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8466 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8467 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8469 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8470 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8472 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8473 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8475 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8476 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
8478 case dw_val_class_str
:
8479 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8482 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8484 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8485 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8488 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8489 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8492 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8493 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8494 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
8497 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
8498 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
8501 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8502 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
8503 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8504 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8505 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8508 case dw_val_class_file
:
8509 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8512 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8513 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8521 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
8524 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8530 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
8533 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
8536 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8538 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
8540 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8541 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
8543 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
));
8547 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
8549 /* For DWARF-4 types, include the trailing NULL when checksumming strings. */
8550 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
8551 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO) + 1, ctx)
8552 #define CHECKSUM_SLEB128(FOO) checksum_sleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8553 #define CHECKSUM_ULEB128(FOO) checksum_uleb128 ((FOO), ctx)
8554 #define CHECKSUM_ATTR(FOO) \
8555 if (FOO) attr_checksum_ordered (die->die_tag, (FOO), ctx, mark)
8557 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in signed LEB128 format. */
8560 checksum_sleb128 (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8567 byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8569 more
= !((value
== 0 && (byte
& 0x40) == 0)
8570 || (value
== -1 && (byte
& 0x40) != 0));
8579 /* Calculate the checksum of a number in unsigned LEB128 format. */
8582 checksum_uleb128 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8586 unsigned char byte
= (value
& 0x7f);
8589 /* More bytes to follow. */
8597 /* Checksum the context of the DIE. This adds the names of any
8598 surrounding namespaces or structures to the checksum. */
8601 checksum_die_context (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8605 int tag
= die
->die_tag
;
8607 if (tag
!= DW_TAG_namespace
8608 && tag
!= DW_TAG_structure_type
8609 && tag
!= DW_TAG_class_type
)
8612 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
8614 spec
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8618 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8619 checksum_die_context (die
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8621 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('C');
8622 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (tag
);
8624 CHECKSUM_STRING (name
);
8627 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
8630 loc_checksum_ordered (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
8632 /* Special case for lone DW_OP_plus_uconst: checksum as if the location
8633 were emitted as a DW_FORM_sdata instead of a location expression. */
8634 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_plus_uconst
&& loc
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
)
8636 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8637 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8641 /* Otherwise, just checksum the raw location expression. */
8644 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
8645 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
8646 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
8647 loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
;
8651 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
8654 attr_checksum_ordered (enum dwarf_tag tag
, dw_attr_ref at
,
8655 struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
8657 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
8660 if (AT_class (at
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
8662 dw_die_ref target_die
= AT_ref (at
);
8664 /* For pointer and reference types, we checksum only the (qualified)
8665 name of the target type (if there is a name). For friend entries,
8666 we checksum only the (qualified) name of the target type or function.
8667 This allows the checksum to remain the same whether the target type
8668 is complete or not. */
8669 if ((at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_type
8670 && (tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
8671 || tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
8672 || tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
8673 || tag
== DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
))
8674 || (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_friend
8675 && tag
== DW_TAG_friend
))
8677 dw_attr_ref name_attr
= get_AT (target_die
, DW_AT_name
);
8679 if (name_attr
!= NULL
)
8681 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8685 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('N');
8686 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8687 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8688 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8689 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('E');
8690 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
8695 /* For all other references to another DIE, we check to see if the
8696 target DIE has already been visited. If it has, we emit a
8697 backward reference; if not, we descend recursively. */
8698 if (target_die
->die_mark
> 0)
8700 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('R');
8701 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8702 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (target_die
->die_mark
);
8706 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (target_die
, DW_AT_specification
);
8710 target_die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
8711 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('T');
8712 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8713 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
8714 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, ctx
);
8715 die_checksum_ordered (target_die
, ctx
, mark
);
8720 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('A');
8721 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr
);
8723 switch (AT_class (at
))
8725 case dw_val_class_const
:
8726 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8727 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
8730 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
8731 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8732 CHECKSUM_SLEB128 ((int) at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
8735 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
8736 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8737 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
));
8738 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
);
8741 case dw_val_class_vec
:
8742 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_block
);
8743 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (sizeof (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
));
8744 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
);
8747 case dw_val_class_flag
:
8748 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_flag
);
8749 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
? 1 : 0);
8752 case dw_val_class_str
:
8753 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8754 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
8757 case dw_val_class_addr
:
8759 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
8760 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8761 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
8764 case dw_val_class_offset
:
8765 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_sdata
);
8766 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
8769 case dw_val_class_loc
:
8770 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
8771 loc_checksum_ordered (loc
, ctx
);
8774 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
8775 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
8776 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
8777 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
8780 case dw_val_class_file
:
8781 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (DW_FORM_string
);
8782 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at
)->filename
);
8785 case dw_val_class_data8
:
8786 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
);
8794 struct checksum_attributes
8796 dw_attr_ref at_name
;
8797 dw_attr_ref at_type
;
8798 dw_attr_ref at_friend
;
8799 dw_attr_ref at_accessibility
;
8800 dw_attr_ref at_address_class
;
8801 dw_attr_ref at_allocated
;
8802 dw_attr_ref at_artificial
;
8803 dw_attr_ref at_associated
;
8804 dw_attr_ref at_binary_scale
;
8805 dw_attr_ref at_bit_offset
;
8806 dw_attr_ref at_bit_size
;
8807 dw_attr_ref at_bit_stride
;
8808 dw_attr_ref at_byte_size
;
8809 dw_attr_ref at_byte_stride
;
8810 dw_attr_ref at_const_value
;
8811 dw_attr_ref at_containing_type
;
8812 dw_attr_ref at_count
;
8813 dw_attr_ref at_data_location
;
8814 dw_attr_ref at_data_member_location
;
8815 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_scale
;
8816 dw_attr_ref at_decimal_sign
;
8817 dw_attr_ref at_default_value
;
8818 dw_attr_ref at_digit_count
;
8819 dw_attr_ref at_discr
;
8820 dw_attr_ref at_discr_list
;
8821 dw_attr_ref at_discr_value
;
8822 dw_attr_ref at_encoding
;
8823 dw_attr_ref at_endianity
;
8824 dw_attr_ref at_explicit
;
8825 dw_attr_ref at_is_optional
;
8826 dw_attr_ref at_location
;
8827 dw_attr_ref at_lower_bound
;
8828 dw_attr_ref at_mutable
;
8829 dw_attr_ref at_ordering
;
8830 dw_attr_ref at_picture_string
;
8831 dw_attr_ref at_prototyped
;
8832 dw_attr_ref at_small
;
8833 dw_attr_ref at_segment
;
8834 dw_attr_ref at_string_length
;
8835 dw_attr_ref at_threads_scaled
;
8836 dw_attr_ref at_upper_bound
;
8837 dw_attr_ref at_use_location
;
8838 dw_attr_ref at_use_UTF8
;
8839 dw_attr_ref at_variable_parameter
;
8840 dw_attr_ref at_virtuality
;
8841 dw_attr_ref at_visibility
;
8842 dw_attr_ref at_vtable_elem_location
;
8845 /* Collect the attributes that we will want to use for the checksum. */
8848 collect_checksum_attributes (struct checksum_attributes
*attrs
, dw_die_ref die
)
8853 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
8864 attrs
->at_friend
= a
;
8866 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
8867 attrs
->at_accessibility
= a
;
8869 case DW_AT_address_class
:
8870 attrs
->at_address_class
= a
;
8872 case DW_AT_allocated
:
8873 attrs
->at_allocated
= a
;
8875 case DW_AT_artificial
:
8876 attrs
->at_artificial
= a
;
8878 case DW_AT_associated
:
8879 attrs
->at_associated
= a
;
8881 case DW_AT_binary_scale
:
8882 attrs
->at_binary_scale
= a
;
8884 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
8885 attrs
->at_bit_offset
= a
;
8887 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
8888 attrs
->at_bit_size
= a
;
8890 case DW_AT_bit_stride
:
8891 attrs
->at_bit_stride
= a
;
8893 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
8894 attrs
->at_byte_size
= a
;
8896 case DW_AT_byte_stride
:
8897 attrs
->at_byte_stride
= a
;
8899 case DW_AT_const_value
:
8900 attrs
->at_const_value
= a
;
8902 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
8903 attrs
->at_containing_type
= a
;
8906 attrs
->at_count
= a
;
8908 case DW_AT_data_location
:
8909 attrs
->at_data_location
= a
;
8911 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
8912 attrs
->at_data_member_location
= a
;
8914 case DW_AT_decimal_scale
:
8915 attrs
->at_decimal_scale
= a
;
8917 case DW_AT_decimal_sign
:
8918 attrs
->at_decimal_sign
= a
;
8920 case DW_AT_default_value
:
8921 attrs
->at_default_value
= a
;
8923 case DW_AT_digit_count
:
8924 attrs
->at_digit_count
= a
;
8927 attrs
->at_discr
= a
;
8929 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
8930 attrs
->at_discr_list
= a
;
8932 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
8933 attrs
->at_discr_value
= a
;
8935 case DW_AT_encoding
:
8936 attrs
->at_encoding
= a
;
8938 case DW_AT_endianity
:
8939 attrs
->at_endianity
= a
;
8941 case DW_AT_explicit
:
8942 attrs
->at_explicit
= a
;
8944 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
8945 attrs
->at_is_optional
= a
;
8947 case DW_AT_location
:
8948 attrs
->at_location
= a
;
8950 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
8951 attrs
->at_lower_bound
= a
;
8954 attrs
->at_mutable
= a
;
8956 case DW_AT_ordering
:
8957 attrs
->at_ordering
= a
;
8959 case DW_AT_picture_string
:
8960 attrs
->at_picture_string
= a
;
8962 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
8963 attrs
->at_prototyped
= a
;
8966 attrs
->at_small
= a
;
8969 attrs
->at_segment
= a
;
8971 case DW_AT_string_length
:
8972 attrs
->at_string_length
= a
;
8974 case DW_AT_threads_scaled
:
8975 attrs
->at_threads_scaled
= a
;
8977 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
8978 attrs
->at_upper_bound
= a
;
8980 case DW_AT_use_location
:
8981 attrs
->at_use_location
= a
;
8983 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
8984 attrs
->at_use_UTF8
= a
;
8986 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
8987 attrs
->at_variable_parameter
= a
;
8989 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
8990 attrs
->at_virtuality
= a
;
8992 case DW_AT_visibility
:
8993 attrs
->at_visibility
= a
;
8995 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
8996 attrs
->at_vtable_elem_location
= a
;
9004 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE, using an ordered subset of attributes. */
9007 die_checksum_ordered (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
9011 struct checksum_attributes attrs
;
9013 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('D');
9014 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (die
->die_tag
);
9016 memset (&attrs
, 0, sizeof (attrs
));
9018 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9020 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, decl
);
9021 collect_checksum_attributes (&attrs
, die
);
9023 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_name
);
9024 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_accessibility
);
9025 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_address_class
);
9026 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_allocated
);
9027 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_artificial
);
9028 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_associated
);
9029 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_binary_scale
);
9030 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_offset
);
9031 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_size
);
9032 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_bit_stride
);
9033 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_size
);
9034 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_byte_stride
);
9035 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_const_value
);
9036 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_containing_type
);
9037 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_count
);
9038 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_location
);
9039 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_data_member_location
);
9040 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_scale
);
9041 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_decimal_sign
);
9042 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_default_value
);
9043 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_digit_count
);
9044 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr
);
9045 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_list
);
9046 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_discr_value
);
9047 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_encoding
);
9048 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_endianity
);
9049 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_explicit
);
9050 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_is_optional
);
9051 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_location
);
9052 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_lower_bound
);
9053 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_mutable
);
9054 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_ordering
);
9055 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_picture_string
);
9056 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_prototyped
);
9057 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_small
);
9058 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_segment
);
9059 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_string_length
);
9060 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_threads_scaled
);
9061 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_upper_bound
);
9062 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_location
);
9063 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_use_UTF8
);
9064 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_variable_parameter
);
9065 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_virtuality
);
9066 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_visibility
);
9067 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_vtable_elem_location
);
9068 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_type
);
9069 CHECKSUM_ATTR (attrs
.at_friend
);
9071 /* Checksum the child DIEs, except for nested types and member functions. */
9074 dw_attr_ref name_attr
;
9077 name_attr
= get_AT (c
, DW_AT_name
);
9078 if ((is_type_die (c
) || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
9079 && name_attr
!= NULL
)
9081 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 ('S');
9082 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (c
->die_tag
);
9083 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (name_attr
));
9087 /* Mark this DIE so it gets processed when unmarking. */
9088 if (c
->die_mark
== 0)
9090 die_checksum_ordered (c
, ctx
, mark
);
9092 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9094 CHECKSUM_ULEB128 (0);
9098 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
9099 #undef CHECKSUM_ATTR
9100 #undef CHECKSUM_LEB128
9101 #undef CHECKSUM_ULEB128
9103 /* Generate the type signature for DIE. This is computed by generating an
9104 MD5 checksum over the DIE's tag, its relevant attributes, and its
9105 children. Attributes that are references to other DIEs are processed
9106 by recursion, using the MARK field to prevent infinite recursion.
9107 If the DIE is nested inside a namespace or another type, we also
9108 need to include that context in the signature. The lower 64 bits
9109 of the resulting MD5 checksum comprise the signature. */
9112 generate_type_signature (dw_die_ref die
, comdat_type_node
*type_node
)
9116 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9120 name
= get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
);
9121 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9123 /* First, compute a signature for just the type name (and its surrounding
9124 context, if any. This is stored in the type unit DIE for link-time
9125 ODR (one-definition rule) checking. */
9127 if (is_cxx() && name
!= NULL
)
9129 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9131 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9132 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9133 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9135 md5_process_bytes (&die
->die_tag
, sizeof (die
->die_tag
), &ctx
);
9136 md5_process_bytes (name
, strlen (name
) + 1, &ctx
);
9137 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9139 add_AT_data8 (type_node
->root_die
, DW_AT_GNU_odr_signature
, &checksum
[8]);
9142 /* Next, compute the complete type signature. */
9144 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9146 die
->die_mark
= mark
;
9148 /* Checksum the names of surrounding namespaces and structures. */
9149 if (decl
!= NULL
&& decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
)
9150 checksum_die_context (decl
->die_parent
, &ctx
);
9152 /* Checksum the DIE and its children. */
9153 die_checksum_ordered (die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9154 unmark_all_dies (die
);
9155 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9157 /* Store the signature in the type node and link the type DIE and the
9158 type node together. */
9159 memcpy (type_node
->signature
, &checksum
[16 - DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
],
9160 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
);
9161 die
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9162 type_node
->type_die
= die
;
9164 /* If the DIE is a specification, link its declaration to the type node
9167 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= type_node
;
9170 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
9172 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
9174 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
9175 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
9176 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
9179 /* Do the values look the same? */
9181 same_dw_val_p (const dw_val_node
*v1
, const dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
9183 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
9186 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
9189 switch (v1
->val_class
)
9191 case dw_val_class_const
:
9192 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
9193 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
9194 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
9195 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
9196 return v1
->v
.val_double
.high
== v2
->v
.val_double
.high
9197 && v1
->v
.val_double
.low
== v2
->v
.val_double
.low
;
9198 case dw_val_class_vec
:
9199 if (v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.length
9200 || v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
!= v2
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
9202 if (memcmp (v1
->v
.val_vec
.array
, v2
->v
.val_vec
.array
,
9203 v1
->v
.val_vec
.length
* v1
->v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
9206 case dw_val_class_flag
:
9207 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
9208 case dw_val_class_str
:
9209 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
9211 case dw_val_class_addr
:
9212 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
9213 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
9214 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
9216 return !rtx_equal_p (r1
, r2
);
9218 case dw_val_class_offset
:
9219 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
9221 case dw_val_class_loc
:
9222 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
9224 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
9225 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
9227 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
9229 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
9230 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
9232 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
9233 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
9234 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
9235 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
9236 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
9239 case dw_val_class_file
:
9240 return v1
->v
.val_file
== v2
->v
.val_file
;
9242 case dw_val_class_data8
:
9243 return !memcmp (v1
->v
.val_data8
, v2
->v
.val_data8
, 8);
9250 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
9253 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
9255 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
9258 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
9259 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
9260 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
9263 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
9266 /* Do the dies look the same? */
9269 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
9275 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
9277 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
9278 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
9280 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
9283 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
)
9284 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
))
9287 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die1
->die_attr
, ix
, a1
); ix
++)
9288 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die2
->die_attr
, ix
), mark
))
9291 c1
= die1
->die_child
;
9292 c2
= die2
->die_child
;
9301 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
9305 if (c1
== die1
->die_child
)
9307 if (c2
== die2
->die_child
)
9317 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
9320 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
9323 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
9325 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
9326 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
9331 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
9333 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
9335 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
9336 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
9338 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
9339 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
9342 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
9344 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
9345 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
9346 char *name
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (base
) + 64);
9349 unsigned char checksum
[16];
9352 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
9353 the name filename of the unit. */
9355 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
9357 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
9358 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
9359 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
9361 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
9362 clean_symbol_name (name
);
9364 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
9365 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
9367 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
9371 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
9372 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
9375 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
9378 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9380 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9382 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9383 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9384 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9385 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9386 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9387 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9388 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9389 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9390 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9391 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9392 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9393 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9394 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9395 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9396 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9397 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9398 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9399 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9400 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9401 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9408 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
9409 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
9410 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
9411 compilations (functions). */
9414 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9416 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
9417 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
9418 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
9419 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
9421 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
9424 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
9425 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
9426 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
9427 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
9428 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
9430 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
9432 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
9435 return is_type_die (c
);
9438 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
9439 compilation unit. */
9442 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
9444 return (is_type_die (c
)
9445 || is_declaration_die (c
)
9446 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
9447 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
);
9451 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
9455 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
9456 return xstrdup (buf
);
9459 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
9462 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
9466 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
9468 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
9470 char *p
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
9472 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
9473 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
9474 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
9477 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
9480 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, assign_symbol_names (c
));
9483 struct cu_hash_table_entry
9486 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
9487 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
9490 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
9492 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
9494 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry
=
9495 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of
;
9497 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9501 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
9503 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*const entry1
=
9504 (const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) of1
;
9505 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
9507 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
, entry2
->die_id
.die_symbol
);
9511 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
9513 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
,
9514 *entry
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
*) what
;
9524 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
9527 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
9529 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
9530 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
9532 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
9534 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9535 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9539 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
9541 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
9547 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
9551 entry
= XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry
);
9553 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
9554 entry
->next
= *slot
;
9560 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
9562 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
9564 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
9566 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
9567 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_id
.die_symbol
),
9571 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
9574 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
9575 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
9576 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
9579 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
9582 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9583 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
9584 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
9588 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
9590 while (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
9591 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
9593 dw_die_ref next
= c
->die_sib
;
9595 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
9596 remove_child_with_prev (c
, prev
);
9598 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
9599 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
9600 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
9601 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
9603 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9605 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
9608 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
9611 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
9612 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
9616 assign_symbol_names (die
);
9617 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
9618 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
9624 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
9625 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9626 &comdat_symbol_number
);
9627 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
9629 *pnode
= node
->next
;
9632 pnode
= &node
->next
;
9633 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
9634 comdat_symbol_number
);
9637 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
9640 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is a declaration. */
9643 is_declaration_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9648 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9649 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_declaration
)
9655 /* Return non-zero if this DIE is nested inside a subprogram. */
9658 is_nested_in_subprogram (dw_die_ref die
)
9660 dw_die_ref decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9664 return local_scope_p (decl
);
9667 /* Return non-zero if this is a type DIE that should be moved to a
9668 COMDAT .debug_types section. */
9671 should_move_die_to_comdat (dw_die_ref die
)
9673 switch (die
->die_tag
)
9675 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
9676 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
9677 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
9678 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
9679 /* Don't move declarations, inlined instances, or types nested in a
9681 if (is_declaration_die (die
)
9682 || get_AT (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
9683 || is_nested_in_subprogram (die
))
9686 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
9687 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
9688 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
9689 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
9690 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
9691 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
9692 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
9693 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
9694 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
9695 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
9696 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
9697 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
9698 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
9699 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
9700 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
9701 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
9707 /* Make a clone of DIE. */
9710 clone_die (dw_die_ref die
)
9716 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
9717 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9719 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9720 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9725 /* Make a clone of the tree rooted at DIE. */
9728 clone_tree (dw_die_ref die
)
9731 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (die
);
9733 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_child_die (clone
, clone_tree(c
)));
9738 /* Make a clone of DIE as a declaration. */
9741 clone_as_declaration (dw_die_ref die
)
9748 /* If the DIE is already a declaration, just clone it. */
9749 if (is_declaration_die (die
))
9750 return clone_die (die
);
9752 /* If the DIE is a specification, just clone its declaration DIE. */
9753 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9755 return clone_die (decl
);
9757 clone
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
9758 clone
->die_tag
= die
->die_tag
;
9760 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9762 /* We don't want to copy over all attributes.
9763 For example we don't want DW_AT_byte_size because otherwise we will no
9764 longer have a declaration and GDB will treat it as a definition. */
9768 case DW_AT_artificial
:
9769 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
9770 case DW_AT_external
:
9773 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
9774 case DW_AT_linkage_name
:
9775 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
9776 add_dwarf_attr (clone
, a
);
9778 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
9784 if (die
->die_id
.die_type_node
)
9785 add_AT_die_ref (clone
, DW_AT_signature
, die
);
9787 add_AT_flag (clone
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
9791 /* Copy the declaration context to the new compile unit DIE. This includes
9792 any surrounding namespace or type declarations. If the DIE has an
9793 AT_specification attribute, it also includes attributes and children
9794 attached to the specification. */
9797 copy_declaration_context (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
)
9800 dw_die_ref new_decl
;
9802 decl
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9811 /* Copy the type node pointer from the new DIE to the original
9812 declaration DIE so we can forward references later. */
9813 decl
->die_id
.die_type_node
= die
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9815 remove_AT (die
, DW_AT_specification
);
9817 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, decl
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
9819 if (a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_name
9820 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_declaration
9821 && a
->dw_attr
!= DW_AT_external
)
9822 add_dwarf_attr (die
, a
);
9825 FOR_EACH_CHILD (decl
, c
, add_child_die (die
, clone_tree(c
)));
9828 if (decl
->die_parent
!= NULL
9829 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
9830 && decl
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
9832 new_decl
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, decl
, NULL
);
9833 if (new_decl
!= NULL
)
9835 remove_AT (new_decl
, DW_AT_signature
);
9836 add_AT_specification (die
, new_decl
);
9841 /* Generate the skeleton ancestor tree for the given NODE, then clone
9842 the DIE and add the clone into the tree. */
9845 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (skeleton_chain_node
*node
)
9847 if (node
->new_die
!= NULL
)
9850 node
->new_die
= clone_as_declaration (node
->old_die
);
9852 if (node
->parent
!= NULL
)
9854 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (node
->parent
);
9855 add_child_die (node
->parent
->new_die
, node
->new_die
);
9859 /* Generate a skeleton tree of DIEs containing any declarations that are
9860 found in the original tree. We traverse the tree looking for declaration
9861 DIEs, and construct the skeleton from the bottom up whenever we find one. */
9864 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (skeleton_chain_node
*parent
)
9866 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9869 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9870 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9872 node
.parent
= parent
;
9874 first
= c
= parent
->old_die
->die_child
;
9878 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9881 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9883 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9884 if (is_declaration_die (c
))
9886 /* Clone the existing DIE, move the original to the skeleton
9887 tree (which is in the main CU), and put the clone, with
9888 all the original's children, where the original came from. */
9889 dw_die_ref clone
= clone_die (c
);
9890 move_all_children (c
, clone
);
9892 replace_child (c
, clone
, prev
);
9893 generate_skeleton_ancestor_tree (parent
);
9894 add_child_die (parent
->new_die
, c
);
9898 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9899 } while (next
!= NULL
);
9902 /* Wrapper function for generate_skeleton_bottom_up. */
9905 generate_skeleton (dw_die_ref die
)
9907 skeleton_chain_node node
;
9910 node
.new_die
= NULL
;
9913 /* If this type definition is nested inside another type,
9914 always leave at least a declaration in its place. */
9915 if (die
->die_parent
!= NULL
&& is_type_die (die
->die_parent
))
9916 node
.new_die
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
9918 generate_skeleton_bottom_up (&node
);
9919 return node
.new_die
;
9922 /* Remove the DIE from its parent, possibly replacing it with a cloned
9923 declaration. The original DIE will be moved to a new compile unit
9924 so that existing references to it follow it to the new location. If
9925 any of the original DIE's descendants is a declaration, we need to
9926 replace the original DIE with a skeleton tree and move the
9927 declarations back into the skeleton tree. */
9930 remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (dw_die_ref child
, dw_die_ref prev
)
9932 dw_die_ref skeleton
;
9934 skeleton
= generate_skeleton (child
);
9935 if (skeleton
== NULL
)
9936 remove_child_with_prev (child
, prev
);
9939 skeleton
->die_id
.die_type_node
= child
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
9940 replace_child (child
, skeleton
, prev
);
9946 /* Traverse the DIE and set up additional .debug_types sections for each
9947 type worthy of being placed in a COMDAT section. */
9950 break_out_comdat_types (dw_die_ref die
)
9954 dw_die_ref prev
= NULL
;
9955 dw_die_ref next
= NULL
;
9956 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
9958 first
= c
= die
->die_child
;
9962 if (prev
== NULL
|| prev
->die_sib
== c
)
9965 next
= (c
== first
? NULL
: c
->die_sib
);
9966 if (should_move_die_to_comdat (c
))
9968 dw_die_ref replacement
;
9969 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
;
9971 /* Create a new type unit DIE as the root for the new tree, and
9972 add it to the list of comdat types. */
9973 unit
= new_die (DW_TAG_type_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
9974 add_AT_unsigned (unit
, DW_AT_language
,
9975 get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
));
9976 type_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared_comdat_type_node ();
9977 type_node
->root_die
= unit
;
9978 type_node
->next
= comdat_type_list
;
9979 comdat_type_list
= type_node
;
9981 /* Generate the type signature. */
9982 generate_type_signature (c
, type_node
);
9984 /* Copy the declaration context, attributes, and children of the
9985 declaration into the new compile unit DIE. */
9986 copy_declaration_context (unit
, c
);
9988 /* Remove this DIE from the main CU. */
9989 replacement
= remove_child_or_replace_with_skeleton (c
, prev
);
9991 /* Break out nested types into their own type units. */
9992 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
9994 /* Add the DIE to the new compunit. */
9995 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
9997 if (replacement
!= NULL
)
10000 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
10001 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
10002 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10003 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
)
10005 /* Look for nested types that can be broken out. */
10006 break_out_comdat_types (c
);
10008 } while (next
!= NULL
);
10011 /* Structure to map a DIE in one CU to its copy in a comdat type unit. */
10013 struct decl_table_entry
10019 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of copied declarations. */
10022 htab_decl_hash (const void *of
)
10024 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry
=
10025 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of
;
10027 return htab_hash_pointer (entry
->orig
);
10031 htab_decl_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
10033 const struct decl_table_entry
*const entry1
=
10034 (const struct decl_table_entry
*) of1
;
10035 const struct die_struct
*const entry2
= (const struct die_struct
*) of2
;
10037 return entry1
->orig
== entry2
;
10041 htab_decl_del (void *what
)
10043 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) what
;
10048 /* Copy DIE and its ancestors, up to, but not including, the compile unit
10049 or type unit entry, to a new tree. Adds the new tree to UNIT and returns
10050 a pointer to the copy of DIE. If DECL_TABLE is provided, it is used
10051 to check if the ancestor has already been copied into UNIT. */
10054 copy_ancestor_tree (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10056 dw_die_ref parent
= die
->die_parent
;
10057 dw_die_ref new_parent
= unit
;
10059 void **slot
= NULL
;
10060 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
= NULL
;
10064 /* Check if the entry has already been copied to UNIT. */
10065 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, die
,
10066 htab_hash_pointer (die
), INSERT
);
10067 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10069 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10070 return entry
->copy
;
10073 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that DIE has been copied to UNIT. */
10074 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10076 entry
->copy
= NULL
;
10080 if (parent
!= NULL
)
10082 dw_die_ref spec
= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
);
10085 if (parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10086 && parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10087 new_parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10090 copy
= clone_as_declaration (die
);
10091 add_child_die (new_parent
, copy
);
10093 if (decl_table
!= NULL
)
10095 /* Record the pointer to the copy. */
10096 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10102 /* Walk the DIE and its children, looking for references to incomplete
10103 or trivial types that are unmarked (i.e., that are not in the current
10107 copy_decls_walk (dw_die_ref unit
, dw_die_ref die
, htab_t decl_table
)
10113 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10115 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10117 dw_die_ref targ
= AT_ref (a
);
10118 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
= targ
->die_id
.die_type_node
;
10120 struct decl_table_entry
*entry
;
10122 if (targ
->die_mark
!= 0 || type_node
!= NULL
)
10125 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_table
, targ
,
10126 htab_hash_pointer (targ
), INSERT
);
10128 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
10130 /* TARG has already been copied, so we just need to
10131 modify the reference to point to the copy. */
10132 entry
= (struct decl_table_entry
*) *slot
;
10133 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= entry
->copy
;
10137 dw_die_ref parent
= unit
;
10138 dw_die_ref copy
= clone_tree (targ
);
10140 /* Make sure the cloned tree is marked as part of the
10144 /* Record in DECL_TABLE that TARG has been copied.
10145 Need to do this now, before the recursive call,
10146 because DECL_TABLE may be expanded and SLOT
10147 would no longer be a valid pointer. */
10148 entry
= XCNEW (struct decl_table_entry
);
10149 entry
->orig
= targ
;
10150 entry
->copy
= copy
;
10153 /* If TARG has surrounding context, copy its ancestor tree
10154 into the new type unit. */
10155 if (targ
->die_parent
!= NULL
10156 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
10157 && targ
->die_parent
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_type_unit
)
10158 parent
= copy_ancestor_tree (unit
, targ
->die_parent
,
10161 add_child_die (parent
, copy
);
10162 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= copy
;
10164 /* Make sure the newly-copied DIE is walked. If it was
10165 installed in a previously-added context, it won't
10166 get visited otherwise. */
10167 if (parent
!= unit
)
10169 /* Find the highest point of the newly-added tree,
10170 mark each node along the way, and walk from there. */
10171 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10172 while (parent
->die_parent
10173 && parent
->die_parent
->die_mark
== 0)
10175 parent
= parent
->die_parent
;
10176 parent
->die_mark
= 1;
10178 copy_decls_walk (unit
, parent
, decl_table
);
10184 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, copy_decls_walk (unit
, c
, decl_table
));
10187 /* Copy declarations for "unworthy" types into the new comdat section.
10188 Incomplete types, modified types, and certain other types aren't broken
10189 out into comdat sections of their own, so they don't have a signature,
10190 and we need to copy the declaration into the same section so that we
10191 don't have an external reference. */
10194 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (dw_die_ref unit
)
10199 decl_table
= htab_create (10, htab_decl_hash
, htab_decl_eq
, htab_decl_del
);
10200 copy_decls_walk (unit
, unit
, decl_table
);
10201 htab_delete (decl_table
);
10202 unmark_dies (unit
);
10205 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
10206 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
10207 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
10210 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
10214 if (! die
->die_child
)
10217 if (die
->die_parent
&& die
!= die
->die_parent
->die_child
)
10218 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
10220 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, add_sibling_attributes (c
));
10223 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
10226 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
10232 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10233 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
10234 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a
));
10236 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_location_lists (c
));
10239 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
10240 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
10241 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
10242 die are visited recursively. */
10245 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
10247 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10248 unsigned int n_alloc
;
10253 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
10254 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
10255 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10256 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
10257 && AT_ref (a
)->die_mark
== 0)
10259 gcc_assert (dwarf_version
>= 4 || AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
);
10260 set_AT_ref_external (a
, 1);
10263 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10265 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10266 dw_attr_ref die_a
, abbrev_a
;
10270 if (abbrev
->die_tag
!= die
->die_tag
)
10272 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) != (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
10275 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
)
10276 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
))
10279 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, die_a
); ix
++)
10281 abbrev_a
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
);
10282 if ((abbrev_a
->dw_attr
!= die_a
->dw_attr
)
10283 || (value_format (abbrev_a
) != value_format (die_a
)))
10293 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
10295 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
10297 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
10298 abbrev_die_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, abbrev_die_table
,
10301 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
10302 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
10303 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
10306 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
10307 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
10310 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
10311 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, build_abbrev_table (c
));
10314 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
10317 constant_size (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
10324 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
10327 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
10332 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
10333 .debug_info section. */
10335 static unsigned long
10336 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10338 unsigned long size
= 0;
10342 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
10343 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10345 switch (AT_class (a
))
10347 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10348 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10350 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10351 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10353 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10355 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10357 /* Block length. */
10358 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10359 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (lsize
);
10361 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
10365 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10366 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10368 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10369 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10371 case dw_val_class_const
:
10372 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
10374 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10375 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
10377 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10378 size
+= 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
10379 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10380 size
++; /* block */
10382 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10383 size
+= constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10384 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
)
10385 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10386 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
; /* block */
10388 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10389 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10390 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10391 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10392 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10393 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10394 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10395 the same abbrev entry. */
10396 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10400 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10401 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10403 /* In DWARF4, we use DW_FORM_sig8; for earlier versions
10404 we use DW_FORM_ref_addr. In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr
10405 is sized by target address length, whereas in DWARF3
10406 it's always sized as an offset. */
10407 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10408 size
+= DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
;
10409 else if (dwarf_version
== 2)
10410 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10412 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10415 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10417 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10418 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10420 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10421 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10423 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10424 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10425 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10427 case dw_val_class_str
:
10428 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
10429 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10431 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
10433 case dw_val_class_file
:
10434 size
+= constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
));
10436 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10439 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10440 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10443 gcc_unreachable ();
10450 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
10451 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
10452 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
10453 die_offset field in each DIE. */
10456 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
10460 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
10461 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
10463 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, calc_die_sizes (c
));
10465 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10466 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
10467 next_die_offset
+= 1;
10470 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
10471 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
10472 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
10473 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
10476 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10480 gcc_assert (!die
->die_mark
);
10483 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, mark_dies (c
));
10486 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
10489 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10493 if (dwarf_version
< 4)
10494 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
10497 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_dies (c
));
10500 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
10503 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
10509 if (!die
->die_mark
)
10513 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, unmark_all_dies (c
));
10515 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10516 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
10517 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
10520 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
10521 generated for the compilation unit. */
10523 static unsigned long
10524 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
10526 unsigned long size
;
10530 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10531 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, p
); i
++)
10532 if (names
!= pubtype_table
10533 || p
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
10534 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
10535 size
+= strlen (p
->name
) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
10537 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
10541 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
10543 static unsigned long
10544 size_of_aranges (void)
10546 unsigned long size
;
10548 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
10550 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
10551 if (text_section_used
)
10552 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10553 if (cold_text_section_used
)
10554 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10555 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
10557 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
10558 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
10562 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
10564 static enum dwarf_form
10565 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10567 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
10569 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10570 /* Only very few attributes allow DW_FORM_addr. */
10571 switch (a
->dw_attr
)
10574 case DW_AT_high_pc
:
10575 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
10576 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
10577 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10581 switch (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
10584 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10586 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10588 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10590 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10592 gcc_unreachable ();
10594 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10595 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
10596 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10597 return DW_FORM_sec_offset
;
10599 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
10600 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10601 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
)
10604 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10606 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10608 gcc_unreachable ();
10610 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10611 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10612 return DW_FORM_exprloc
;
10613 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
10616 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10618 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10620 gcc_unreachable ();
10622 case dw_val_class_const
:
10623 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
10624 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10625 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
10628 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10630 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10632 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10634 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10636 gcc_unreachable ();
10638 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10639 switch (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
10642 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10644 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10646 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10649 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10651 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10652 switch (constant_size (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
10653 * a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
))
10656 return DW_FORM_block1
;
10658 return DW_FORM_block2
;
10660 return DW_FORM_block4
;
10662 gcc_unreachable ();
10664 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10665 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10667 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10668 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10669 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10670 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10671 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10672 the same abbrev entry. */
10673 gcc_assert (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
== 1);
10674 return DW_FORM_flag_present
;
10676 return DW_FORM_flag
;
10677 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
10678 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
10679 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sig8
: DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
10681 return DW_FORM_ref
;
10682 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
10683 return DW_FORM_data
;
10684 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
10685 return DW_FORM_addr
;
10686 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
10687 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
10688 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? DW_FORM_sec_offset
: DW_FORM_data
;
10689 case dw_val_class_str
:
10690 return AT_string_form (a
);
10691 case dw_val_class_file
:
10692 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
)))
10695 return DW_FORM_data1
;
10697 return DW_FORM_data2
;
10699 return DW_FORM_data4
;
10701 gcc_unreachable ();
10704 case dw_val_class_data8
:
10705 return DW_FORM_data8
;
10708 gcc_unreachable ();
10712 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
10715 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
10717 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
10719 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
10722 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
10726 output_abbrev_section (void)
10728 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
10730 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
10732 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
10734 dw_attr_ref a_attr
;
10736 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
10737 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
10738 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
10740 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
10741 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
10743 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
10745 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, abbrev
->die_attr
, ix
, a_attr
);
10748 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
10749 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
10750 output_value_format (a_attr
);
10753 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10754 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10757 /* Terminate the table. */
10758 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
10761 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
10764 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
10766 char *sym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
10771 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
10772 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
10773 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
10775 targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10777 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
10780 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
10783 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
10784 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
10785 const char *section
)
10787 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared_dw_loc_list_node ();
10789 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
10790 retlist
->end
= end
;
10791 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
10792 retlist
->section
= section
;
10797 /* Generate a new internal symbol for this location list node, if it
10798 hasn't got one yet. */
10801 gen_llsym (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
10803 gcc_assert (!list
->ll_symbol
);
10804 list
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
10807 /* Output the location list given to us. */
10810 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
10812 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
10814 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10816 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
10817 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
10819 unsigned long size
;
10820 /* Don't output an entry that starts and ends at the same address. */
10821 if (strcmp (curr
->begin
, curr
->end
) == 0)
10823 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
10825 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
10826 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10827 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10828 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
10829 "Location list end address (%s)",
10830 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10834 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
,
10835 "Location list begin address (%s)",
10836 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10837 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
,
10838 "Location list end address (%s)",
10839 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10841 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
10843 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10844 gcc_assert (size
<= 0xffff);
10845 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
10847 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
10850 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10851 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
10852 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10853 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0,
10854 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
10855 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
10858 /* Output a type signature. */
10861 output_signature (const char *sig
, const char *name
)
10865 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
10866 dw2_asm_output_data (1, sig
[i
], i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
10869 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
10870 the definitions of each child DIE. */
10873 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
10877 unsigned long size
;
10880 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
10881 them to point to. */
10882 if (dwarf_version
< 4 && die
->die_id
.die_symbol
)
10883 output_die_symbol (die
);
10885 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (%#lx) %s)",
10886 (unsigned long)die
->die_offset
,
10887 dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
10889 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
10891 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
10893 switch (AT_class (a
))
10895 case dw_val_class_addr
:
10896 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
10899 case dw_val_class_offset
:
10900 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
10904 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
10906 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
10908 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
10909 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
10910 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
10911 debug_ranges_section
, "%s", name
);
10916 case dw_val_class_loc
:
10917 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
10919 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
10920 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10921 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "%s", name
);
10923 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
10925 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
10928 case dw_val_class_const
:
10929 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
10930 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
10931 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
10932 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
10935 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
10936 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
10937 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
10940 case dw_val_class_const_double
:
10942 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
10944 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
10945 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
10946 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
10947 / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10950 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
10952 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10953 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10957 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.low
;
10958 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_double
.high
;
10961 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10963 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
10968 case dw_val_class_vec
:
10970 unsigned int elt_size
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
;
10971 unsigned int len
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.length
;
10975 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (len
* elt_size
),
10976 len
* elt_size
, "%s", name
);
10977 if (elt_size
> sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
10982 for (i
= 0, p
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_vec
.array
;
10984 i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
10985 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size
, extract_int (p
, elt_size
),
10986 "fp or vector constant word %u", i
);
10990 case dw_val_class_flag
:
10991 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
10993 /* Currently all add_AT_flag calls pass in 1 as last argument,
10994 so DW_FORM_flag_present can be used. If that ever changes,
10995 we'll need to use DW_FORM_flag and have some optimization
10996 in build_abbrev_table that will change those to
10997 DW_FORM_flag_present if it is set to 1 in all DIEs using
10998 the same abbrev entry. */
10999 gcc_assert (AT_flag (a
) == 1);
11000 if (flag_debug_asm
)
11001 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t\t\t%s %s\n",
11002 ASM_COMMENT_START
, name
);
11005 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
11008 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
11010 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
11013 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
, debug_loc_section
,
11018 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
11019 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
11021 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
11023 comdat_type_node_ref type_node
=
11024 AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_type_node
;
11026 gcc_assert (type_node
);
11027 output_signature (type_node
->signature
, name
);
11031 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11035 /* In DWARF2, DW_FORM_ref_addr is sized by target address
11036 length, whereas in DWARF3 it's always sized as an
11038 if (dwarf_version
== 2)
11039 size
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11041 size
= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
11042 dw2_asm_output_offset (size
, sym
, debug_info_section
, "%s",
11048 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
11049 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
11054 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
11058 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
11059 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
11060 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, debug_frame_section
,
11065 case dw_val_class_vms_delta
:
11066 dw2_asm_output_vms_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11067 AT_vms_delta2 (a
), AT_vms_delta1 (a
),
11071 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
11072 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
11075 case dw_val_class_lineptr
:
11076 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11077 debug_line_section
, "%s", name
);
11080 case dw_val_class_macptr
:
11081 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
),
11082 debug_macinfo_section
, "%s", name
);
11085 case dw_val_class_str
:
11086 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
11087 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11088 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
11090 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
11092 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
11095 case dw_val_class_file
:
11097 int f
= maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
);
11099 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f
), f
, "%s (%s)", name
,
11100 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_file
->filename
);
11104 case dw_val_class_data8
:
11108 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++)
11109 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_data8
[i
],
11110 i
== 0 ? "%s" : NULL
, name
);
11115 gcc_unreachable ();
11119 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, output_die (c
));
11121 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
11122 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
11123 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE %#lx",
11124 (unsigned long) die
->die_offset
);
11127 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
11128 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
11131 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
11133 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11135 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11136 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11137 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11138 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
11139 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
11140 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
11141 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF version number");
11142 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
11143 debug_abbrev_section
,
11144 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
11145 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
11148 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
11151 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
11153 const char *secname
;
11154 char *oldsym
, *tmp
;
11156 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
11157 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
11160 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
11161 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
11162 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
11163 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
11164 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11167 build_abbrev_table (die
);
11169 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11170 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11171 calc_die_sizes (die
);
11173 oldsym
= die
->die_id
.die_symbol
;
11176 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
11178 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
11180 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= NULL
;
11181 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11184 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
11186 /* Output debugging information. */
11187 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11190 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
11191 output_pubnames. */
11195 die
->die_id
.die_symbol
= oldsym
;
11199 /* Output a comdat type unit DIE and its children. */
11202 output_comdat_type_unit (comdat_type_node
*node
)
11204 const char *secname
;
11207 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11211 /* First mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
11212 mark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11214 build_abbrev_table (node
->root_die
);
11216 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
11217 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMDAT_TYPE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
11218 calc_die_sizes (node
->root_die
);
11220 #if defined (OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF)
11221 secname
= ".debug_types";
11222 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 4 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11223 sprintf (tmp
, "wt.");
11224 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11225 sprintf (tmp
+ 3 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11226 comdat_key
= get_identifier (tmp
);
11227 targetm
.asm_out
.named_section (secname
,
11228 SECTION_DEBUG
| SECTION_LINKONCE
,
11231 tmp
= XALLOCAVEC (char, 18 + DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
* 2);
11232 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wt.");
11233 for (i
= 0; i
< DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
; i
++)
11234 sprintf (tmp
+ 17 + i
* 2, "%02x", node
->signature
[i
] & 0xff);
11236 switch_to_section (get_section (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
));
11239 /* Output debugging information. */
11240 output_compilation_unit_header ();
11241 output_signature (node
->signature
, "Type Signature");
11242 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, node
->type_die
->die_offset
,
11243 "Offset to Type DIE");
11244 output_die (node
->root_die
);
11246 unmark_dies (node
->root_die
);
11249 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
11251 static const char *
11252 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
11254 if (DECL_NAMELESS (decl
))
11256 return lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
11259 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
11262 add_pubname_string (const char *str
, dw_die_ref die
)
11264 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11269 e
.name
= xstrdup (str
);
11270 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubname_table
, &e
);
11275 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11277 if (targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
&& TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
11279 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11281 add_pubname_string (name
, die
);
11285 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
11288 add_pubtype (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11292 if (!targetm
.want_debug_pub_sections
)
11296 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
11297 || die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
)
11298 && (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_typedef
|| COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl
)))
11303 if (TYPE_NAME (decl
))
11305 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
11306 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl
));
11307 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl
)) == TYPE_DECL
11308 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)))
11309 e
.name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl
)));
11311 e
.name
= xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
));
11316 e
.name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 1);
11318 e
.name
= xstrdup (e
.name
);
11321 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
11322 it to the table. */
11323 if (e
.name
&& e
.name
[0] != '\0')
11324 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry
, gc
, pubtype_table
, &e
);
11328 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
11329 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
11332 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry
, gc
) * names
)
11335 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames (names
);
11338 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11339 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11340 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11341 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11342 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11343 "Length of Public Names Info");
11345 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
11346 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
11347 /* Version number for pubnames/pubtypes is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11348 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11349 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11350 debug_info_section
,
11351 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11352 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
11353 "Compilation Unit Length");
11355 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, names
, i
, pub
); i
++)
11357 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11358 if (names
== pubname_table
)
11359 gcc_assert (pub
->die
->die_mark
);
11361 if (names
!= pubtype_table
11362 || pub
->die
->die_offset
!= 0
11363 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
11365 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
11368 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
11372 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11375 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
11378 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
11380 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
11383 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
11385 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11386 arange_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_die_ref
, arange_table
,
11387 arange_table_allocated
);
11388 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
11389 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
11392 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
11395 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
11396 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
11397 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
11400 output_aranges (void)
11403 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
11405 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11406 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11407 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11408 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
11409 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
11410 /* Version number for aranges is still 2, even in DWARF3. */
11411 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 2, "DWARF Version");
11412 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
11413 debug_info_section
,
11414 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
11415 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
11416 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
11418 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
11419 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
11421 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
11423 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
11424 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11425 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
11426 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
11429 /* It is necessary not to output these entries if the sections were
11430 not used; if the sections were not used, the length will be 0 and
11431 the address may end up as 0 if the section is discarded by ld
11432 --gc-sections, leaving an invalid (0, 0) entry that can be
11433 confused with the terminator. */
11434 if (text_section_used
)
11436 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
11437 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
11438 text_section_label
, "Length");
11440 if (cold_text_section_used
)
11442 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_text_section_label
,
11444 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, cold_end_label
,
11445 cold_text_section_label
, "Length");
11448 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
11450 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
11452 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
11453 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
11455 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
11457 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
11459 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
11460 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
11464 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
11465 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
11466 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
11467 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
11468 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
11470 gcc_assert (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
);
11473 gcc_assert (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
);
11475 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11476 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
11477 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11478 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
11483 /* Output the terminator words. */
11484 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11485 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11488 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
11491 static unsigned int
11492 add_ranges_num (int num
)
11494 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
11496 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
11498 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11499 ranges_table
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_struct
, ranges_table
,
11500 ranges_table_allocated
);
11501 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
11502 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
11505 ranges_table
[in_use
].num
= num
;
11506 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11508 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
11511 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a block, or a
11512 range terminator if BLOCK is NULL. */
11514 static unsigned int
11515 add_ranges (const_tree block
)
11517 return add_ranges_num (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
11520 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges corresponding to a pair of
11524 add_ranges_by_labels (dw_die_ref die
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
11527 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_by_label_in_use
;
11528 unsigned int offset
;
11530 if (in_use
== ranges_by_label_allocated
)
11532 ranges_by_label_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
11533 ranges_by_label
= GGC_RESIZEVEC (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
,
11535 ranges_by_label_allocated
);
11536 memset (ranges_by_label
+ ranges_by_label_in_use
, 0,
11537 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
11538 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_by_label_struct
));
11541 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].begin
= begin
;
11542 ranges_by_label
[in_use
].end
= end
;
11543 ranges_by_label_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
11545 offset
= add_ranges_num (-(int)in_use
- 1);
11548 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, offset
);
11554 output_ranges (void)
11557 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset %#x";
11558 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
11560 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
11562 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].num
;
11566 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11567 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11569 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
11570 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
11572 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
11573 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
11574 base of the text section. */
11575 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11577 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11578 text_section_label
,
11579 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11580 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
11581 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11584 /* Otherwise, the compilation unit base address is zero,
11585 which allows us to use absolute addresses, and not worry
11586 about whether the target supports cross-section
11590 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
11591 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11592 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
11598 /* Negative block_num stands for an index into ranges_by_label. */
11599 else if (block_num
< 0)
11601 int lab_idx
= - block_num
- 1;
11603 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
)
11605 gcc_unreachable ();
11607 /* If we ever use add_ranges_by_labels () for a single
11608 function section, all we have to do is to take out
11609 the #if 0 above. */
11610 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11611 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11612 text_section_label
,
11613 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11614 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11615 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11616 text_section_label
, NULL
);
11621 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11622 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].begin
,
11623 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
11624 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
11625 ranges_by_label
[lab_idx
].end
,
11631 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11632 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
11638 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
11641 const char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
11642 const char *fname
; /* File name part. */
11643 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
11644 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
11645 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
11648 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
11652 const char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
11653 int length
; /* Path length. */
11654 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
11655 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
11656 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
11659 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
11660 the directories in the path. */
11663 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
11665 const struct file_info
*const s1
= (const struct file_info
*) p1
;
11666 const struct file_info
*const s2
= (const struct file_info
*) p2
;
11667 const unsigned char *cp1
;
11668 const unsigned char *cp2
;
11670 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
11671 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
11672 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
11673 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
11674 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
11675 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
11676 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
11678 cp1
= (const unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
11679 cp2
= (const unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
11685 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
11686 if ((cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
11687 || (cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
11688 return ((cp2
== (const unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
11689 - (cp1
== (const unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
11691 /* Character of current path component the same? */
11692 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
11693 return *cp1
- *cp2
;
11697 struct file_name_acquire_data
11699 struct file_info
*files
;
11704 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
11707 file_name_acquire (void ** slot
, void *data
)
11709 struct file_name_acquire_data
*fnad
= (struct file_name_acquire_data
*) data
;
11710 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
11711 struct file_info
*fi
;
11714 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
>= d
->emitted_number
);
11716 if (! d
->emitted_number
)
11719 gcc_assert (fnad
->max_files
!= fnad
->used_files
);
11721 fi
= fnad
->files
+ fnad
->used_files
++;
11723 /* Skip all leading "./". */
11725 while (f
[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f
[1]))
11728 /* Create a new array entry. */
11730 fi
->length
= strlen (f
);
11733 /* Search for the file name part. */
11734 f
= strrchr (f
, DIR_SEPARATOR
);
11735 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
11737 char *g
= strrchr (fi
->path
, DIR_SEPARATOR_2
);
11741 if (f
== NULL
|| f
< g
)
11747 fi
->fname
= f
== NULL
? fi
->path
: f
+ 1;
11751 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
11752 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
11753 slowdowns with many input files. */
11756 output_file_names (void)
11758 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad
;
11760 struct file_info
*files
;
11761 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
11769 if (!last_emitted_file
)
11771 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11772 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11776 numfiles
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
;
11778 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
11779 files
= XALLOCAVEC (struct file_info
, numfiles
);
11780 dirs
= XALLOCAVEC (struct dir_info
, numfiles
);
11782 fnad
.files
= files
;
11783 fnad
.used_files
= 0;
11784 fnad
.max_files
= numfiles
;
11785 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_name_acquire
, &fnad
);
11786 gcc_assert (fnad
.used_files
== fnad
.max_files
);
11788 qsort (files
, numfiles
, sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
11790 /* Find all the different directories used. */
11791 dirs
[0].path
= files
[0].path
;
11792 dirs
[0].length
= files
[0].fname
- files
[0].path
;
11793 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
11795 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11796 files
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
11799 for (i
= 1; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11800 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
11801 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
11802 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
11804 /* Same directory as last entry. */
11805 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
11806 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
11812 /* This is a new directory. */
11813 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
11814 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
11815 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
11816 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11817 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
11819 /* Search for a prefix. */
11820 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
11821 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11822 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
11823 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
11824 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
11825 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
11826 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
11827 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
11832 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
11833 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
11834 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
11835 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
11836 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
11837 results in most cases and never is much off. */
11838 saved
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11839 savehere
= XALLOCAVEC (int, ndirs
);
11841 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
11842 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11847 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
11848 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
11849 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11850 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
11852 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11855 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
11857 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
11861 k
= dirs
[j
].prefix
;
11862 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
11863 k
= dirs
[k
].prefix
;
11867 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
11868 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
11870 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
11871 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
11876 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
11878 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
11880 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
11881 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
11882 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
11884 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
11885 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
11887 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
11888 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
11893 /* Emit the directory name table. */
11894 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
11895 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
11896 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
,
11898 - !DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
,
11899 "Directory Entry: %#x", i
+ idx_offset
);
11901 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
11903 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
11904 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
11905 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
11906 backmap
= XALLOCAVEC (int, numfiles
);
11907 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11908 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
->emitted_number
- 1] = i
;
11910 /* Now write all the file names. */
11911 for (i
= 0; i
< numfiles
; i
++)
11913 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
11914 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
11916 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11917 #define MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN 6 /* ";32768" */
11919 /* Setting these fields can lead to debugger miscomparisons,
11920 but VMS Debug requires them to be set correctly. */
11925 int maxfilelen
= strlen (files
[file_idx
].path
)
11926 + dirs
[dir_idx
].length
11927 + MAX_VMS_VERSION_LEN
+ 1;
11928 char *filebuf
= XALLOCAVEC (char, maxfilelen
);
11930 vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, 0, 0, &ver
);
11931 snprintf (filebuf
, maxfilelen
, "%s;%d",
11932 files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, ver
);
11934 dw2_asm_output_nstring
11935 (filebuf
, -1, "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11937 /* Include directory index. */
11938 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11940 /* Modification time. */
11941 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11942 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, &cdt
, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
11946 /* File length in bytes. */
11947 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128
11948 ((vms_file_stats_name (files
[file_idx
].path
, 0, &siz
, 0, 0) == 0)
11952 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
11953 "File Entry: %#x", (unsigned) i
+ 1);
11955 /* Include directory index. */
11956 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx
+ idx_offset
, NULL
);
11958 /* Modification time. */
11959 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11961 /* File length in bytes. */
11962 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
11966 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
11970 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
11971 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
11974 output_line_info (void)
11976 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
11977 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11978 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11980 unsigned n_op_args
;
11981 unsigned long lt_index
;
11982 unsigned long current_line
;
11985 unsigned long current_file
;
11986 unsigned long function
;
11987 int ver
= dwarf_version
;
11989 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
11990 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
11991 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
11992 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
11994 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
11995 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
11996 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
11997 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
11998 "Length of Source Line Info");
11999 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
12001 dw2_asm_output_data (2, ver
, "DWARF Version");
12002 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
12003 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
12005 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
12006 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
12007 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
12008 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
12009 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
12010 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
12011 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
12012 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
12013 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
12014 "Minimum Instruction Length");
12017 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_MAX_OPS_PER_INSN
,
12018 "Maximum Operations Per Instruction");
12019 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
12020 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
12021 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
12022 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
12023 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
12024 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
12025 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
12026 "Special Opcode Base");
12028 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
12032 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
12033 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
12034 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
12035 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
12036 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
12044 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: %#x has %d args",
12048 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
12049 output_file_names ();
12050 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
12052 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
12053 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
12054 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
12056 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
12057 a series of state machine operations. */
12061 if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
12062 strcpy (prev_line_label
, crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
);
12064 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
12065 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
12067 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
12070 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
12071 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
12074 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
12075 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
12076 that anything after the last address is this line. */
12077 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
12078 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
12082 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
12084 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
12085 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
12086 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
12087 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
12088 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
12089 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
12091 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
12094 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
12095 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12096 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12097 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12101 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
12102 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
12103 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12104 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12105 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12106 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12109 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
12111 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12112 different from the previous line. */
12113 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
12115 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
12116 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12117 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
12120 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12121 that uses the least amount of space. */
12122 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
12124 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
12125 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12126 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
12127 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12128 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
12129 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
12131 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12132 "line %lu", current_line
);
12135 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
12136 depending on the value being encoded. */
12137 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12138 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
12139 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12140 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12144 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
12145 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12148 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12151 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12152 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12153 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12157 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12158 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12159 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12160 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
12163 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12164 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12165 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12170 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
12172 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
12173 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
12176 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
12177 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
12178 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
12179 && line_info
->function
== function
)
12183 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
12184 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
12185 to handle it differently. */
12186 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12188 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
12190 function
= line_info
->function
;
12192 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
12193 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12194 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12195 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12196 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12200 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
12203 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12204 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12205 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12209 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12210 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12211 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12212 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12216 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
12218 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
12219 different from the previous line. */
12220 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
12222 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
12223 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
12224 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "%lu", current_file
);
12227 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
12228 that uses the least amount of space. */
12229 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
12231 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
12232 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
12233 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
12234 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
12235 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
12236 "line %lu", current_line
);
12239 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
12240 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
12241 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
12242 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12246 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
12254 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
12255 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
12256 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
12261 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
12262 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
12265 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
12266 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
12267 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
12271 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
12272 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
12273 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
12274 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
12277 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
12278 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
12279 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
12280 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
12284 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
12285 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
12288 /* Return the size of the .debug_dcall table for the compilation unit. */
12290 static unsigned long
12291 size_of_dcall_table (void)
12293 unsigned long size
;
12296 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
12298 /* Header: version + debug info section pointer + pointer size. */
12299 size
= 2 + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ 1;
12301 /* Each entry: code label + DIE offset. */
12302 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
12304 gcc_assert (p
->targ_die
!= NULL
);
12305 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12306 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
12308 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
12309 gcc_assert (poc_die
);
12310 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
12312 size
+= (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
12313 + size_of_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
));
12315 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
);
12321 /* Output the direct call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12322 identical function have been merged. */
12325 output_dcall_table (void)
12328 unsigned long dcall_length
= size_of_dcall_table ();
12330 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12331 tree last_poc_decl
= NULL
;
12333 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12334 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12335 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12336 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, dcall_length
,
12337 "Length of Direct Call Table");
12338 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12339 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
12340 debug_info_section
,
12341 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
12342 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12344 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
12346 /* Insert a "from" entry when the point-of-call DIE offset changes. */
12347 if (p
->poc_decl
!= last_poc_decl
)
12349 dw_die_ref poc_die
= lookup_decl_die (p
->poc_decl
);
12350 last_poc_decl
= p
->poc_decl
;
12353 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, "New caller");
12354 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (poc_die
->die_offset
,
12355 "Caller DIE offset");
12358 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
12359 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
12360 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->targ_die
->die_offset
,
12361 "Callee DIE offset");
12365 /* Return the size of the .debug_vcall table for the compilation unit. */
12367 static unsigned long
12368 size_of_vcall_table (void)
12370 unsigned long size
;
12374 /* Header: version + pointer size. */
12377 /* Each entry: code label + vtable slot index. */
12378 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
12379 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ size_of_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
);
12384 /* Output the virtual call table used to disambiguate PC values when
12385 identical function have been merged. */
12388 output_vcall_table (void)
12391 unsigned long vcall_length
= size_of_vcall_table ();
12393 char poc_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
12395 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
12396 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
12397 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
12398 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, vcall_length
,
12399 "Length of Virtual Call Table");
12400 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 4, "Version number");
12401 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
12403 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
, i
, p
); i
++)
12405 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (poc_label
, "LPOC", p
->poc_label_num
);
12406 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, poc_label
, "Point of call");
12407 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (p
->vtable_slot
, "Vtable slot");
12411 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
12412 a DIE that describes the given type.
12414 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
12415 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
12418 base_type_die (tree type
)
12420 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
12421 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
12423 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
12426 /* If this is a subtype that should not be emitted as a subrange type,
12427 use the base type. See subrange_type_for_debug_p. */
12428 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
&& TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
12429 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12431 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12434 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
12435 && TYPE_NAME (type
)
12436 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
12437 && DECL_IS_BUILTIN (TYPE_NAME (type
))
12438 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
12440 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
12441 if (strcmp (name
, "char16_t") == 0
12442 || strcmp (name
, "char32_t") == 0)
12444 encoding
= DW_ATE_UTF
;
12448 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
))
12450 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12451 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
12453 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
12455 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12456 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
12458 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
12462 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type
)))
12464 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
12465 encoding
= DW_ATE_decimal_float
;
12467 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12470 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
12473 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12474 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
12475 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12476 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
))
12477 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_fixed
;
12479 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_fixed
;
12482 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
12483 a user defined type for it. */
12485 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
12486 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
12488 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
12492 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
12493 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
12497 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
12498 gcc_unreachable ();
12501 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12503 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12504 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
12505 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
12507 return base_type_result
;
12510 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
12511 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
12514 is_base_type (tree type
)
12516 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
12522 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
12530 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
12531 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
12532 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
12535 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
12542 gcc_unreachable ();
12548 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
12549 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
12550 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
12551 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
12552 ERROR_MARK node. */
12554 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
12555 simple_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12557 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12558 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
12559 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12561 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
12562 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
12564 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
12567 /* Similarly, but return a double_int instead of UHWI. */
12569 static inline double_int
12570 double_int_type_size_in_bits (const_tree type
)
12572 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
12573 return uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_WORD
);
12574 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
12575 return double_int_zero
;
12576 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) == INTEGER_CST
)
12577 return tree_to_double_int (TYPE_SIZE (type
));
12579 return uhwi_to_double_int (TYPE_ALIGN (type
));
12582 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
12583 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
12586 subrange_type_die (tree type
, tree low
, tree high
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12588 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
12589 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
12591 if (context_die
== NULL
)
12592 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12594 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
12596 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
12598 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
12599 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
12600 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
12604 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, low
);
12606 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, high
);
12608 return subrange_die
;
12611 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
12612 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
12615 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
12616 dw_die_ref context_die
)
12618 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
12619 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
;
12620 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
12621 tree item_type
= NULL
;
12622 tree qualified_type
;
12623 tree name
, low
, high
;
12625 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
)
12628 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
12631 = get_qualified_type (type
,
12632 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
12633 | (is_volatile_type
? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
12635 if (qualified_type
== sizetype
12636 && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
12637 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
)
12639 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
12640 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
12642 && TYPE_PRECISION (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
12643 == TYPE_PRECISION (qualified_type
)
12644 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
12645 == TYPE_UNSIGNED (qualified_type
));
12647 qualified_type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
));
12650 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
12651 if (qualified_type
)
12653 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12655 return mod_type_die
;
12658 name
= qualified_type
? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
) : NULL
;
12660 /* Handle C typedef types. */
12661 if (name
&& TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
&& DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
)
12662 && !DECL_ARTIFICIAL (name
))
12664 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (name
);
12666 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
12668 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
12669 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
12670 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
12672 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12673 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12674 || (is_const_type
<= TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
12675 && is_volatile_type
<= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
)
12676 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
) != type
))
12677 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
12678 type to which it refers. */
12679 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name
),
12680 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
12682 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
12687 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12688 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
12690 else if (is_volatile_type
)
12692 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12693 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
12695 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
12697 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12698 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12699 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12700 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12701 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12702 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12703 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12705 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
12707 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
12708 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
,
12711 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
12712 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
12713 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
12714 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12715 if (!ADDR_SPACE_GENERIC_P (TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
)))
12716 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
,
12717 TYPE_ADDR_SPACE (item_type
));
12719 else if (code
== INTEGER_TYPE
12720 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != NULL_TREE
12721 && subrange_type_for_debug_p (type
, &low
, &high
))
12723 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, low
, high
, context_die
);
12724 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
12726 else if (is_base_type (type
))
12727 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
12730 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
12732 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
12733 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
12734 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
12735 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
12736 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
12738 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
12739 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
12741 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
12742 not the main variant. */
12743 return lookup_type_die (type
);
12746 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
12747 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
12748 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type.
12749 Don't attach a DW_AT_name to DW_TAG_const_type or DW_TAG_volatile_type
12750 if the base type already has the same name. */
12752 && ((TREE_CODE (name
) != TYPE_DECL
12753 && (qualified_type
== TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
)
12754 || (!is_const_type
&& !is_volatile_type
)))
12755 || (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
12756 && TREE_TYPE (name
) == qualified_type
12757 && DECL_NAME (name
))))
12759 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12760 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
12761 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
12762 useful source coordinates anyway. */
12763 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
12764 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
12766 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
12767 else if (mod_type_die
&& mod_type_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
12768 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die
, "__unknown__");
12770 if (qualified_type
)
12771 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type
, mod_type_die
);
12774 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
12775 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
12776 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
12777 types are possible in Ada. */
12778 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
12779 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
12780 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
12783 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
12784 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
12786 return mod_type_die
;
12789 /* Generate DIEs for the generic parameters of T.
12790 T must be either a generic type or a generic function.
12791 See http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/TemplateParmsDwarf for more. */
12794 gen_generic_params_dies (tree t
)
12798 dw_die_ref die
= NULL
;
12800 if (!t
|| (TYPE_P (t
) && !COMPLETE_TYPE_P (t
)))
12804 die
= lookup_type_die (t
);
12805 else if (DECL_P (t
))
12806 die
= lookup_decl_die (t
);
12810 parms
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_parms (t
);
12812 /* T has no generic parameter. It means T is neither a generic type
12813 or function. End of story. */
12816 parms_num
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parms
);
12817 args
= lang_hooks
.get_innermost_generic_args (t
);
12818 for (i
= 0; i
< parms_num
; i
++)
12820 tree parm
, arg
, arg_pack_elems
;
12822 parm
= TREE_VEC_ELT (parms
, i
);
12823 arg
= TREE_VEC_ELT (args
, i
);
12824 arg_pack_elems
= lang_hooks
.types
.get_argument_pack_elems (arg
);
12825 gcc_assert (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
);
12827 if (parm
&& TREE_VALUE (parm
) && arg
)
12829 /* If PARM represents a template parameter pack,
12830 emit a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE, followed
12831 by DW_TAG_template_*_parameter DIEs for the argument
12832 pack elements of ARG. Note that ARG would then be
12833 an argument pack. */
12834 if (arg_pack_elems
)
12835 template_parameter_pack_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
),
12839 generic_parameter_die (TREE_VALUE (parm
), arg
,
12840 true /* Emit DW_AT_name */, die
);
12845 /* Create and return a DIE for PARM which should be
12846 the representation of a generic type parameter.
12847 For instance, in the C++ front end, PARM would be a template parameter.
12848 ARG is the argument to PARM.
12849 EMIT_NAME_P if tree, the DIE will have DW_AT_name attribute set to the
12851 PARENT_DIE is the parent DIE which the new created DIE should be added to,
12852 as a child node. */
12855 generic_parameter_die (tree parm
, tree arg
,
12857 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12859 dw_die_ref tmpl_die
= NULL
;
12860 const char *name
= NULL
;
12862 if (!parm
|| !DECL_NAME (parm
) || !arg
)
12865 /* We support non-type generic parameters and arguments,
12866 type generic parameters and arguments, as well as
12867 generic generic parameters (a.k.a. template template parameters in C++)
12869 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12870 /* PARM is a nontype generic parameter */
12871 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_value_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12872 else if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12873 /* PARM is a type generic parameter. */
12874 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_template_type_param
, parent_die
, parm
);
12875 else if (lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12876 /* PARM is a generic generic parameter.
12877 Its DIE is a GNU extension. It shall have a
12878 DW_AT_name attribute to represent the name of the template template
12879 parameter, and a DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute to represent the
12880 name of the template template argument. */
12881 tmpl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_template_param
,
12884 gcc_unreachable ();
12890 /* If PARM is a generic parameter pack, it means we are
12891 emitting debug info for a template argument pack element.
12892 In other terms, ARG is a template argument pack element.
12893 In that case, we don't emit any DW_AT_name attribute for
12897 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
));
12899 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_name
, name
);
12902 if (!lang_hooks
.decls
.generic_generic_parameter_decl_p (parm
))
12904 /* DWARF3, 5.6.8 says if PARM is a non-type generic parameter
12905 TMPL_DIE should have a child DW_AT_type attribute that is set
12906 to the type of the argument to PARM, which is ARG.
12907 If PARM is a type generic parameter, TMPL_DIE should have a
12908 child DW_AT_type that is set to ARG. */
12909 tmpl_type
= TYPE_P (arg
) ? arg
: TREE_TYPE (arg
);
12910 add_type_attribute (tmpl_die
, tmpl_type
, 0,
12911 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (tmpl_type
),
12916 /* So TMPL_DIE is a DIE representing a
12917 a generic generic template parameter, a.k.a template template
12918 parameter in C++ and arg is a template. */
12920 /* The DW_AT_GNU_template_name attribute of the DIE must be set
12921 to the name of the argument. */
12922 name
= dwarf2_name (TYPE_P (arg
) ? TYPE_NAME (arg
) : arg
, 1);
12924 add_AT_string (tmpl_die
, DW_AT_GNU_template_name
, name
);
12927 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
12928 /* So PARM is a non-type generic parameter.
12929 DWARF3 5.6.8 says we must set a DW_AT_const_value child
12930 attribute of TMPL_DIE which value represents the value
12932 We must be careful here:
12933 The value of ARG might reference some function decls.
12934 We might currently be emitting debug info for a generic
12935 type and types are emitted before function decls, we don't
12936 know if the function decls referenced by ARG will actually be
12937 emitted after cgraph computations.
12938 So must defer the generation of the DW_AT_const_value to
12939 after cgraph is ready. */
12940 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (tmpl_die
, arg
);
12946 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack DIE representing.
12947 PARM_PACK must be a template parameter pack. The returned DIE
12948 will be child DIE of PARENT_DIE. */
12951 template_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
12952 tree parm_pack_args
,
12953 dw_die_ref parent_die
)
12958 gcc_assert (parent_die
&& parm_pack
);
12960 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_template_parameter_pack
, parent_die
, parm_pack
);
12961 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die
, parm_pack
);
12962 for (j
= 0; j
< TREE_VEC_LENGTH (parm_pack_args
); j
++)
12963 generic_parameter_die (parm_pack
,
12964 TREE_VEC_ELT (parm_pack_args
, j
),
12965 false /* Don't emit DW_AT_name */,
12970 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
12971 an enumerated type. */
12974 type_is_enum (const_tree type
)
12976 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
12979 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
12981 static unsigned int
12982 dbx_reg_number (const_rtx rtl
)
12984 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
12986 gcc_assert (regno
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
12988 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
12989 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
12991 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno
);
12992 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
12993 regno
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
12997 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
13000 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
13001 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
13002 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
13005 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, int size
)
13007 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
13009 if (*list_head
!= NULL
)
13011 /* Find the end of the chain. */
13012 for (loc
= *list_head
; loc
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
13015 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_piece
)
13016 loc
->dw_loc_next
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0);
13020 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
13021 zero if there is none. */
13023 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13024 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13028 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13031 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13032 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13033 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13034 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's.
13035 Use DW_OP_fbreg offset DW_OP_stack_value in this case. */
13036 if ((rtl
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| rtl
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13037 && eliminate_regs (rtl
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
) != rtl
)
13039 dw_loc_descr_ref result
= NULL
;
13041 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
13043 result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
13045 add_loc_descr (&result
,
13046 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13051 regs
= targetm
.dwarf_register_span (rtl
);
13053 if (hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)] > 1 || regs
)
13054 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
, initialized
);
13056 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl
), initialized
);
13059 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
13060 a given hard register number. */
13062 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13063 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
13065 dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descr
;
13069 = new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
), 0, 0);
13071 reg_loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
13073 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13074 add_loc_descr (®_loc_descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13076 return reg_loc_descr
;
13079 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
13080 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
13082 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13083 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
,
13084 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13086 int nregs
, size
, i
;
13088 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13091 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
13092 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
13094 int leaf_reg
= LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg
);
13095 if (leaf_reg
!= -1)
13096 reg
= (unsigned) leaf_reg
;
13099 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
) == dbx_reg_number (rtl
));
13100 nregs
= hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (rtl
)][GET_MODE (rtl
)];
13102 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
13103 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
13105 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
13110 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13112 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg
),
13113 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13114 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13115 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13121 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
13123 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs
) == PARALLEL
);
13125 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13128 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
13130 dw_loc_descr_ref t
;
13132 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)),
13133 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13134 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
13135 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
13136 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, size
);
13139 if (loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13140 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13144 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13146 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
13148 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
13150 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13151 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13153 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13155 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
13156 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
13160 op
= (enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_lit0
+ i
);
13161 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13162 op
= DW_OP_const1u
;
13163 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13164 op
= DW_OP_const2u
;
13165 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13166 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13167 op
= DW_OP_const4u
;
13174 op
= DW_OP_const1s
;
13175 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13176 op
= DW_OP_const2s
;
13177 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13178 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13179 op
= DW_OP_const4s
;
13184 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
13188 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
13189 /* Return loc description representing "address" of integer value.
13190 This can appear only as toplevel expression. */
13192 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13193 address_of_int_loc_descriptor (int size
, HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
13196 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
13198 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
13205 else if (i
<= 0xff)
13207 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
13209 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13210 || i
<= 0xffffffff)
13213 litsize
= 1 + size_of_uleb128 ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) i
);
13219 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
13221 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
13222 || i
>= -0x80000000)
13225 litsize
= 1 + size_of_sleb128 (i
);
13227 /* Determine if DW_OP_stack_value or DW_OP_implicit_value
13228 is more compact. For DW_OP_stack_value we need:
13229 litsize + 1 (DW_OP_stack_value)
13230 and for DW_OP_implicit_value:
13231 1 (DW_OP_implicit_value) + 1 (length) + size. */
13232 if ((int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
>= size
&& litsize
+ 1 <= 1 + 1 + size
)
13234 loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (i
);
13235 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
13236 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
13240 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
13242 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
13243 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
= i
;
13247 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
13249 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13250 based_loc_descr (rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
13251 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13253 unsigned int regno
;
13254 dw_loc_descr_ref result
;
13255 dw_fde_ref fde
= current_fde ();
13257 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
13258 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
13259 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
13260 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
13261 if (reg
== arg_pointer_rtx
|| reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13263 rtx elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
13267 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
13269 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
13270 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
13272 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
13273 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13274 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
13275 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
13276 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
13277 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
13279 /* If drap register is used to align stack, use frame
13280 pointer + offset to access stack variables. If stack
13281 is aligned without drap, use stack pointer + offset to
13282 access stack variables. */
13283 if (crtl
->stack_realign_tried
13284 && reg
== frame_pointer_rtx
)
13287 = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM ((fde
&& fde
->drap_reg
!= INVALID_REGNUM
)
13288 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
13289 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
13290 return new_reg_loc_descr (base_reg
, offset
);
13293 offset
+= frame_pointer_fb_offset
;
13294 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13299 && (fde
->drap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)
13300 || fde
->vdrap_reg
== REGNO (reg
)))
13302 /* Use cfa+offset to represent the location of arguments passed
13303 on the stack when drap is used to align stack.
13304 Only do this when not optimizing, for optimized code var-tracking
13305 is supposed to track where the arguments live and the register
13306 used as vdrap or drap in some spot might be used for something
13307 else in other part of the routine. */
13308 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
13311 regno
= dbx_reg_number (reg
);
13313 result
= new_loc_descr ((enum dwarf_location_atom
) (DW_OP_breg0
+ regno
),
13316 result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, regno
, offset
);
13318 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
13319 add_loc_descr (&result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
13324 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
13327 is_based_loc (const_rtx rtl
)
13329 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
13330 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13331 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
13332 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))));
13335 /* Try to handle TLS MEMs, for which mem_loc_descriptor on XEXP (mem, 0)
13338 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13339 tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx mem
)
13342 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
13344 if (MEM_EXPR (mem
) == NULL_TREE
|| MEM_OFFSET (mem
) == NULL_RTX
)
13347 base
= get_base_address (MEM_EXPR (mem
));
13349 || TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
13350 || !DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (base
))
13353 loc_result
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (MEM_EXPR (mem
), 1);
13354 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
13357 if (INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)))
13358 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc_result
, INTVAL (MEM_OFFSET (mem
)));
13363 /* Output debug info about reason why we failed to expand expression as dwarf
13367 expansion_failed (tree expr
, rtx rtl
, char const *reason
)
13369 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
13371 fprintf (dump_file
, "Failed to expand as dwarf: ");
13373 print_generic_expr (dump_file
, expr
, dump_flags
);
13376 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
13377 print_rtl (dump_file
, rtl
);
13379 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nReason: %s\n", reason
);
13383 /* Helper function for const_ok_for_output, called either directly
13384 or via for_each_rtx. */
13387 const_ok_for_output_1 (rtx
*rtlp
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13391 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UNSPEC
)
13393 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, assume
13394 we can't express it in the debug info. */
13395 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
13396 inform (current_function_decl
13397 ? DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (current_function_decl
)
13398 : UNKNOWN_LOCATION
,
13399 "non-delegitimized UNSPEC %d found in variable location",
13402 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13403 "UNSPEC hasn't been delegitimized.\n");
13407 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
13410 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
13413 get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
13414 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
13415 it was not output and thus we can't represent it. */
13418 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13419 "Constant was removed from constant pool.\n");
13424 if (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13427 /* Avoid references to external symbols in debug info, on several targets
13428 the linker might even refuse to link when linking a shared library,
13429 and in many other cases the relocations for .debug_info/.debug_loc are
13430 dropped, so the address becomes zero anyway. Hidden symbols, guaranteed
13431 to be defined within the same shared library or executable are fine. */
13432 if (SYMBOL_REF_EXTERNAL_P (rtl
))
13434 tree decl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
);
13436 if (decl
== NULL
|| !targetm
.binds_local_p (decl
))
13438 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13439 "Symbol not defined in current TU.\n");
13447 /* Return true if constant RTL can be emitted in DW_OP_addr or
13448 DW_AT_const_value. TLS SYMBOL_REFs, external SYMBOL_REFs or
13449 non-marked constant pool SYMBOL_REFs can't be referenced in it. */
13452 const_ok_for_output (rtx rtl
)
13454 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
13455 return const_ok_for_output_1 (&rtl
, NULL
) == 0;
13457 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
)
13458 return for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), const_ok_for_output_1
, NULL
) == 0;
13463 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
13464 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
13465 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
13466 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
13468 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
13469 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
13470 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
13471 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
13473 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
13474 autoincrement addressing modes.
13476 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
13477 location list for RTL.
13479 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
13481 static dw_loc_descr_ref
13482 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
13483 enum var_init_status initialized
)
13485 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
13486 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
13487 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
, op1
;
13489 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
13490 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
13491 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
13492 zeroth element of the array. */
13494 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
13496 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
13501 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
13504 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
13505 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
13506 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
13507 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
13508 contains the given subreg. */
13509 if (!subreg_lowpart_p (rtl
))
13511 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
13512 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13514 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (rtl
)) != MODE_INT
)
13516 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13520 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
13521 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
13522 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
13523 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
13524 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
13525 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
13526 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
13527 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
13528 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
13529 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
13530 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
13531 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
13532 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
13533 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13534 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (rtl
, 0, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13535 else if (stack_realign_drap
13537 && crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
== rtl
13538 && REGNO (crtl
->drap_reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
13540 /* If RTL is internal_arg_pointer, which has been optimized
13541 out, use DRAP instead. */
13542 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (crtl
->drap_reg
, 0,
13543 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13549 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13550 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13555 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13556 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
13557 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13558 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTEND
)
13562 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13563 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13564 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13565 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13566 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13571 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
13572 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13573 if (mem_loc_result
== NULL
)
13574 mem_loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
13575 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
13577 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13579 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
, "DWARF address size mismatch");
13582 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13583 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
13585 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13586 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
,
13587 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)), 0));
13591 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
13592 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
13593 return mem_loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
13598 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13600 /* ... fall through ... */
13603 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
13604 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
13608 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
13609 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (rtl
) != TLS_MODEL_NONE
)
13611 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
13613 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
13614 if (!targetm
.have_tls
|| !targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
13617 /* We used to emit DW_OP_addr here, but that's wrong, since
13618 DW_OP_addr should be relocated by the debug info consumer,
13619 while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address operand should not. */
13620 temp
= new_loc_descr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4
13621 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
, 0, 0);
13622 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13623 temp
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13624 temp
->dtprel
= true;
13626 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
13627 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, temp
);
13632 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
13636 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
13637 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
13638 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
13639 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
13645 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, rtl
,
13646 "CONCAT/CONCATN/VAR_LOCATION is handled only by loc_descriptor");
13650 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
13651 PLUS code below. */
13652 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
13657 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
13659 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13660 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
13661 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
13662 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
13664 /* ... fall through ... */
13668 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
13669 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl
, 0),
13670 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)),
13671 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13674 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13675 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13676 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
13679 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13680 loc_descr_plus_const (&mem_loc_result
, INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13683 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result2
13684 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13685 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13686 if (mem_loc_result2
== 0)
13688 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, mem_loc_result2
);
13689 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13690 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
13695 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
13696 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
13738 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13739 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13740 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13741 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13743 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13746 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13747 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13748 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13752 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13753 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13754 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13755 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13757 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13760 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13761 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13762 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13763 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
13764 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
13765 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13766 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
13782 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13783 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13788 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13789 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13793 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
13821 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13822 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13826 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13828 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13829 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13830 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13833 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13834 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13835 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13836 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13838 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13841 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13842 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13844 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
);
13845 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
13846 /* For eq/ne, if the operands are known to be zero-extended,
13847 there is no need to do the fancy shifting up. */
13848 if (op
== DW_OP_eq
|| op
== DW_OP_ne
)
13850 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13852 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13853 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13856 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13857 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13859 /* deref_size zero extends, and for constants we can check
13860 whether they are zero extended or not. */
13861 if (((last0
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13862 && last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13863 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13864 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13865 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13866 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
13867 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
))))
13868 && ((last1
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_deref_size
13869 && last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13870 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13871 || (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13872 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)
13873 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13874 == (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
13875 & GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
)))))
13878 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13879 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13880 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13881 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) << shift
);
13884 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
13885 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
13891 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
13892 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
13893 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
13894 if (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
!= 1)
13896 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
13897 int_loc_descriptor (STORE_FLAG_VALUE
));
13898 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
13919 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13920 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13924 enum machine_mode op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
13926 if (op_mode
== VOIDmode
)
13927 op_mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
13928 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (op_mode
) != MODE_INT
)
13931 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13932 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13933 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
13934 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13936 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
13939 if (op_mode
!= VOIDmode
13940 && GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
13942 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (op_mode
);
13943 dw_loc_descr_ref last0
, last1
;
13945 last0
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13946 last0
= last0
->dw_loc_next
)
13949 last1
->dw_loc_next
!= NULL
;
13950 last1
= last1
->dw_loc_next
)
13952 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
13953 op0
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) & mask
);
13954 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13955 else if (last0
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13956 || last0
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13957 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13959 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13960 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13962 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13963 op1
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) & mask
);
13964 /* deref_size zero extends, so no need to mask it again. */
13965 else if (last1
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_deref_size
13966 || last1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
13967 > GET_MODE_SIZE (op_mode
))
13969 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
13970 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
13975 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
13976 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
13977 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
13978 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13979 op1
= int_loc_descriptor ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) bias
13980 + INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
13982 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
13992 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) != MODE_INT
13993 || GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
13994 || GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)))
13997 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
13998 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
13999 op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
,
14000 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14002 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
14005 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0));
14006 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14007 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
14008 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMAX
)
14010 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14012 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= GET_MODE_MASK (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
14013 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14014 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14015 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (mask
));
14016 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_and
, 0, 0));
14020 HOST_WIDE_INT bias
= 1;
14021 bias
<<= (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* BITS_PER_UNIT
- 1);
14022 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14023 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bias
, 0));
14026 else if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) < DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14028 int shift
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14029 - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)));
14030 shift
*= BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14031 add_loc_descr (&op0
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14032 add_loc_descr (&op0
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14033 add_loc_descr (&op1
, int_loc_descriptor (shift
));
14034 add_loc_descr (&op1
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14037 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SMIN
|| GET_CODE (rtl
) == UMIN
)
14041 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14042 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
14043 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14045 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, drop_node
;
14047 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
14048 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, bra_node
);
14049 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_swap
, 0, 0));
14050 drop_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_drop
, 0, 0);
14051 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, drop_node
);
14052 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
14053 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= drop_node
;
14059 if (CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14060 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
14061 && ((unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1))
14062 + (unsigned) INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2))
14063 <= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)))
14064 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14065 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0))) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14068 op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
,
14069 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14072 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SIGN_EXTRACT
)
14076 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
14077 size
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
14078 shift
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 2));
14079 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
14080 shift
= GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
14082 if (shift
+ size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14084 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14085 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14087 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_shl
, 0, 0));
14089 if (size
!= (int) DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14091 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
14092 int_loc_descriptor (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
- size
));
14093 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
14103 /* In theory, we could implement the above. */
14104 /* DWARF cannot represent the unsigned compare operations
14131 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
14133 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
14136 case FRACT_CONVERT
:
14137 case UNSIGNED_FRACT_CONVERT
:
14139 case UNSIGNED_SAT_FRACT
:
14151 case VEC_DUPLICATE
:
14154 /* If delegitimize_address couldn't do anything with the UNSPEC, we
14155 can't express it in the debug info. This can happen e.g. with some
14160 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
14164 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
14165 print_rtl (stderr
, rtl
);
14166 gcc_unreachable ();
14172 if (mem_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14173 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14175 return mem_loc_result
;
14178 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
14179 This is typically a complex variable. */
14181 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14182 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
14184 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
14185 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
14186 = loc_descriptor (x0
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14187 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
14188 = loc_descriptor (x1
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14190 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
14193 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
14194 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)));
14196 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
14197 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)));
14199 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14200 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14202 return cc_loc_result
;
14205 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
14208 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14209 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn
, enum var_init_status initialized
)
14212 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
14213 unsigned int n
= XVECLEN (concatn
, 0);
14215 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
)
14217 dw_loc_descr_ref ref
;
14218 rtx x
= XVECEXP (concatn
, 0, i
);
14220 ref
= loc_descriptor (x
, VOIDmode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14224 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, ref
);
14225 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
)));
14228 if (cc_loc_result
&& initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
14229 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_uninit
, 0, 0));
14231 return cc_loc_result
;
14234 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
14235 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
14236 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
14237 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
14238 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
14240 MODE is mode of the decl if this loc_descriptor is going to be used in
14241 .debug_loc section where DW_OP_stack_value and DW_OP_implicit_value are
14242 allowed, VOIDmode otherwise.
14244 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
14246 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14247 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
,
14248 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14250 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
14252 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
14255 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
14256 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
14257 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
14258 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
14259 contains the given subreg. */
14260 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (SUBREG_REG (rtl
), mode
, initialized
);
14264 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
14268 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
),
14270 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14271 loc_result
= tls_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
14272 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14274 rtx new_rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
14275 if (new_rtl
!= rtl
)
14276 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (new_rtl
, mode
, initialized
);
14281 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1),
14286 loc_result
= concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl
, initialized
);
14291 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
)) != PARALLEL
)
14293 rtx loc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (rtl
);
14294 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14295 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
14296 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (loc
, mode
, initialized
);
14300 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
14305 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
14306 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
14307 enum machine_mode mode
;
14310 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
14311 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0),
14312 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14313 if (loc_result
== NULL
)
14315 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
14316 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
14317 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
14319 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
14321 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0),
14322 VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14325 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, temp
);
14326 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
14327 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
14333 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& mode
!= BLKmode
)
14334 loc_result
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
),
14339 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
14340 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14342 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14344 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
14346 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer
14347 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever
14348 the constant requires more than one word in order to be
14349 adequately represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
14350 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14351 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0);
14352 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
14354 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
14355 unsigned char *array
14356 = (unsigned char*) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
14358 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
14359 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
14360 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
/ 4;
14361 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= 4;
14362 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
14366 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const_double
;
14367 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_double
14368 = rtx_to_double_int (rtl
);
14374 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
14375 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14377 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14379 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
14380 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
14381 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
14382 ggc_alloc_atomic (length
* elt_size
);
14386 gcc_assert (mode
== GET_MODE (rtl
) || VOIDmode
== GET_MODE (rtl
));
14387 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
14389 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
14390 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
14392 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
14393 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
14395 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
14396 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
14399 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
14400 insert_double (val
, p
);
14405 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
14406 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
14408 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
14409 insert_float (elt
, p
);
14414 gcc_unreachable ();
14417 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_implicit_value
,
14418 length
* elt_size
, 0);
14419 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_vec
;
14420 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.length
= length
;
14421 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.elt_size
= elt_size
;
14422 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_vec
.array
= array
;
14427 if (mode
== VOIDmode
14428 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_INT
14429 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
14430 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_VECTOR
)
14432 loc_result
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
, initialized
);
14437 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
14440 if (mode
!= VOIDmode
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14441 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14443 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
14444 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
14445 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
14446 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14447 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
14452 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE (rtl
) == mode
14453 && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14454 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14456 /* Value expression. */
14457 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
, initialized
);
14459 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
,
14460 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14468 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
14469 address ranges where a given location is valid.
14470 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
14471 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
14472 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
14473 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
14475 static const char *
14476 secname_for_decl (const_tree decl
)
14478 const char *secname
;
14480 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
14482 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
);
14483 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14485 else if (current_function_decl
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
14487 tree sectree
= DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
);
14488 secname
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree
);
14490 else if (cfun
&& in_cold_section_p
)
14491 secname
= crtl
->subsections
.cold_section_label
;
14493 secname
= text_section_label
;
14498 /* Return true when DECL_BY_REFERENCE is defined and set for DECL. */
14501 decl_by_reference_p (tree decl
)
14503 return ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
14504 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
14505 && DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl
));
14508 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14511 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14512 dw_loc_list_1 (tree loc
, rtx varloc
, int want_address
,
14513 enum var_init_status initialized
)
14515 int have_address
= 0;
14516 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14517 enum machine_mode mode
;
14519 if (want_address
!= 2)
14521 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
);
14523 if (GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
14525 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
14526 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14527 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14528 mode
= GET_MODE (varloc
);
14529 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
14531 rtx addr
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14532 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (addr
, mode
, initialized
);
14537 rtx x
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (varloc
);
14539 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (x
, mode
, initialized
);
14543 descr
= mem_loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14550 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
14551 mode
= DECL_MODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (varloc
));
14553 mode
= DECL_MODE (loc
);
14554 descr
= loc_descriptor (varloc
, mode
, initialized
);
14561 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
14562 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14564 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14566 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14567 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14570 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
14573 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
14574 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
14576 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14577 "Want address and only have value");
14581 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
14582 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
14584 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14585 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
14587 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
14589 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14590 "DWARF address size mismatch");
14593 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
14596 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
14598 add_loc_descr (&descr
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
14604 /* Create a DW_OP_piece or DW_OP_bit_piece for bitsize, or return NULL
14605 if it is not possible. */
14607 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14608 new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
14610 if ((bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
) == 0 && offset
== 0)
14611 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, bitsize
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
, 0);
14612 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
14613 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bit_piece
, bitsize
, offset
);
14618 /* Helper function for dw_loc_list. Compute proper Dwarf location descriptor
14619 for VAR_LOC_NOTE for variable DECL that has been optimized by SRA. */
14621 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14622 dw_sra_loc_expr (tree decl
, rtx loc
)
14625 unsigned int padsize
= 0;
14626 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
, *descr_tail
;
14627 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT decl_size
;
14629 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14631 if (DECL_SIZE (decl
) == NULL
14632 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
14635 decl_size
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1);
14637 descr_tail
= &descr
;
14639 for (p
= loc
; p
; p
= XEXP (p
, 1))
14641 unsigned int bitsize
= decl_piece_bitsize (p
);
14642 rtx loc_note
= *decl_piece_varloc_ptr (p
);
14643 dw_loc_descr_ref cur_descr
;
14644 dw_loc_descr_ref
*tail
, last
= NULL
;
14645 unsigned int opsize
= 0;
14647 if (loc_note
== NULL_RTX
14648 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_note
) == NULL_RTX
)
14650 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14653 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (loc_note
);
14654 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_note
);
14655 cur_descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, 2, initialized
);
14656 if (cur_descr
== NULL
)
14658 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14662 /* Check that cur_descr either doesn't use
14663 DW_OP_*piece operations, or their sum is equal
14664 to bitsize. Otherwise we can't embed it. */
14665 for (tail
= &cur_descr
; *tail
!= NULL
;
14666 tail
= &(*tail
)->dw_loc_next
)
14667 if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_piece
)
14669 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
14673 else if ((*tail
)->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_bit_piece
)
14675 opsize
+= (*tail
)->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
14679 if (last
!= NULL
&& opsize
!= bitsize
)
14681 padsize
+= bitsize
;
14685 /* If there is a hole, add DW_OP_*piece after empty DWARF
14686 expression, which means that those bits are optimized out. */
14689 if (padsize
> decl_size
)
14691 decl_size
-= padsize
;
14692 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (padsize
, 0);
14693 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
14695 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
14698 *descr_tail
= cur_descr
;
14700 if (bitsize
> decl_size
)
14702 decl_size
-= bitsize
;
14705 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
14706 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == VAR_LOCATION
14707 && GET_CODE (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
)) != PARALLEL
)
14709 varloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (varloc
);
14710 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14711 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14715 if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == CONST
14716 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == SIGN_EXTEND
14717 || GET_CODE (varloc
) == ZERO_EXTEND
)
14718 varloc
= XEXP (varloc
, 0);
14719 else if (GET_CODE (varloc
) == SUBREG
)
14720 varloc
= SUBREG_REG (varloc
);
14725 /* DW_OP_bit_size offset should be zero for register
14726 or implicit location descriptions and empty location
14727 descriptions, but for memory addresses needs big endian
14729 if (MEM_P (varloc
))
14731 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT memsize
14732 = INTVAL (MEM_SIZE (varloc
)) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
14733 if (memsize
!= bitsize
)
14735 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
!= WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
14736 && (memsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
|| bitsize
> BITS_PER_WORD
))
14738 if (memsize
< bitsize
)
14740 if (BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
14741 offset
= memsize
- bitsize
;
14745 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (bitsize
, offset
);
14746 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
14748 descr_tail
= &(*descr_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
14752 /* If there were any non-empty expressions, add padding till the end of
14754 if (descr
!= NULL
&& decl_size
!= 0)
14756 *descr_tail
= new_loc_descr_op_bit_piece (decl_size
, 0);
14757 if (*descr_tail
== NULL
)
14763 /* Return the dwarf representation of the location list LOC_LIST of
14764 DECL. WANT_ADDRESS has the same meaning as in loc_list_from_tree
14767 static dw_loc_list_ref
14768 dw_loc_list (var_loc_list
*loc_list
, tree decl
, int want_address
)
14770 const char *endname
, *secname
;
14772 enum var_init_status initialized
;
14773 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
14774 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
14775 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
14776 dw_loc_list_ref list
= NULL
;
14777 dw_loc_list_ref
*listp
= &list
;
14779 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
14780 actually construct the list of locations.
14781 The first location information is what is passed to the
14782 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
14783 locations just get added on to that list.
14784 Note that we only know the start address for a location
14785 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
14786 the range [current location start, next location start].
14787 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
14788 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
14790 secname
= secname_for_decl (decl
);
14792 for (node
= loc_list
->first
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
14793 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
14794 || NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
) != NULL_RTX
)
14796 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == EXPR_LIST
)
14798 /* This requires DW_OP_{,bit_}piece, which is not usable
14799 inside DWARF expressions. */
14800 if (want_address
!= 2)
14802 descr
= dw_sra_loc_expr (decl
, node
->loc
);
14808 initialized
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_STATUS (node
->loc
);
14809 varloc
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node
->loc
);
14810 descr
= dw_loc_list_1 (decl
, varloc
, want_address
, initialized
);
14814 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
14815 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
14817 endname
= node
->next
->label
;
14818 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
14819 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
14820 else if (!current_function_decl
)
14821 endname
= text_end_label
;
14824 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
14825 current_function_funcdef_no
);
14826 endname
= ggc_strdup (label_id
);
14829 *listp
= new_loc_list (descr
, node
->label
, endname
, secname
);
14830 listp
= &(*listp
)->dw_loc_next
;
14834 /* Try to avoid the overhead of a location list emitting a location
14835 expression instead, but only if we didn't have more than one
14836 location entry in the first place. If some entries were not
14837 representable, we don't want to pretend a single entry that was
14838 applies to the entire scope in which the variable is
14840 if (list
&& loc_list
->first
->next
)
14846 /* Return if the loc_list has only single element and thus can be represented
14847 as location description. */
14850 single_element_loc_list_p (dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14852 gcc_assert (!list
->dw_loc_next
|| list
->ll_symbol
);
14853 return !list
->ll_symbol
;
14856 /* To each location in list LIST add loc descr REF. */
14859 add_loc_descr_to_each (dw_loc_list_ref list
, dw_loc_descr_ref ref
)
14861 dw_loc_descr_ref copy
;
14862 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, ref
);
14863 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14866 copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
14867 memcpy (copy
, ref
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14868 add_loc_descr (&list
->expr
, copy
);
14869 while (copy
->dw_loc_next
)
14871 dw_loc_descr_ref new_copy
= ggc_alloc_dw_loc_descr_node ();
14872 memcpy (new_copy
, copy
->dw_loc_next
, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
14873 copy
->dw_loc_next
= new_copy
;
14876 list
= list
->dw_loc_next
;
14880 /* Given two lists RET and LIST
14881 produce location list that is result of adding expression in LIST
14882 to expression in RET on each possition in program.
14883 Might be destructive on both RET and LIST.
14885 TODO: We handle only simple cases of RET or LIST having at most one
14886 element. General case would inolve sorting the lists in program order
14887 and merging them that will need some additional work.
14888 Adding that will improve quality of debug info especially for SRA-ed
14892 add_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*ret
, dw_loc_list_ref list
)
14901 if (!list
->dw_loc_next
)
14903 add_loc_descr_to_each (*ret
, list
->expr
);
14906 if (!(*ret
)->dw_loc_next
)
14908 add_loc_descr_to_each (list
, (*ret
)->expr
);
14912 expansion_failed (NULL_TREE
, NULL_RTX
,
14913 "Don't know how to merge two non-trivial"
14914 " location lists.\n");
14919 /* LOC is constant expression. Try a luck, look it up in constant
14920 pool and return its loc_descr of its address. */
14922 static dw_loc_descr_ref
14923 cst_pool_loc_descr (tree loc
)
14925 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
14926 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
14927 enum machine_mode mode
;
14929 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
14934 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
14936 /* TODO: We might get more coverage if we was actually delaying expansion
14937 of all expressions till end of compilation when constant pools are fully
14939 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0))))
14941 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
14942 "CST value in contant pool but not marked.");
14945 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
14946 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
14947 return mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
14950 /* Return dw_loc_list representing address of addr_expr LOC
14951 by looking for innder INDIRECT_REF expression and turing it
14952 into simple arithmetics. */
14954 static dw_loc_list_ref
14955 loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref (tree loc
, bool toplev
)
14958 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
14959 enum machine_mode mode
;
14961 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
14962 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
14964 obj
= get_inner_reference (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0),
14965 &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
14966 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
14968 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
)
14970 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "bitfield access");
14973 if (!INDIRECT_REF_P (obj
))
14975 expansion_failed (obj
,
14976 NULL_RTX
, "no indirect ref in inner refrence");
14979 if (!offset
&& !bitpos
)
14980 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), toplev
? 2 : 1);
14982 && int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) <= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
14983 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
14985 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (obj
, 0), 0);
14990 /* Variable offset. */
14991 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
14992 if (list_ret1
== 0)
14994 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
14997 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
14998 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15000 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15002 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15003 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
15005 else if (bytepos
< 0)
15006 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
15007 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15008 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15014 /* Generate Dwarf location list representing LOC.
15015 If WANT_ADDRESS is false, expression computing LOC will be computed
15016 If WANT_ADDRESS is 1, expression computing address of LOC will be returned
15017 if WANT_ADDRESS is 2, expression computing address useable in location
15018 will be returned (i.e. DW_OP_reg can be used
15019 to refer to register values). */
15021 static dw_loc_list_ref
15022 loc_list_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
15024 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
= NULL
, ret1
= NULL
;
15025 dw_loc_list_ref list_ret
= NULL
, list_ret1
= NULL
;
15026 int have_address
= 0;
15027 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15029 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
15030 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
15033 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
15036 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "ERROR_MARK");
15039 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
15040 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
15041 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
15042 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
15043 the names of types. */
15044 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PLACEHOLDER_EXPR");
15048 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CALL_EXPR");
15049 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15052 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR
:
15053 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR
:
15054 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR
:
15055 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR
:
15056 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "PRE/POST INDCREMENT/DECREMENT");
15057 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
15061 /* If we already want an address, see if there is INDIRECT_REF inside
15062 e.g. for &this->field. */
15065 list_ret
= loc_list_for_address_of_addr_expr_of_indirect_ref
15066 (loc
, want_address
== 2);
15069 else if (decl_address_ip_invariant_p (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
15070 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15073 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
15074 if (!list_ret
&& !ret
)
15075 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 1);
15079 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "need address of ADDR_EXPR");
15085 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc
))
15088 enum dwarf_location_atom first_op
;
15089 enum dwarf_location_atom second_op
;
15090 bool dtprel
= false;
15092 if (targetm
.have_tls
)
15094 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the
15096 if (!targetm
.asm_out
.output_dwarf_dtprel
)
15099 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we
15100 can only look up addresses of objects in the current
15101 module. We used DW_OP_addr as first op, but that's
15102 wrong, because DW_OP_addr is relocated by the debug
15103 info consumer, while DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
15104 operand shouldn't be. */
15105 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
) && !targetm
.binds_local_p (loc
))
15107 first_op
= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
== 4 ? DW_OP_const4u
: DW_OP_const8u
;
15109 second_op
= DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
;
15113 if (!targetm
.emutls
.debug_form_tls_address
15114 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
15116 /* We stuffed the control variable into the DECL_VALUE_EXPR
15117 to signal (via DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P) that the decl should
15118 no longer appear in gimple code. We used the control
15119 variable in specific so that we could pick it up here. */
15120 loc
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
);
15121 first_op
= DW_OP_addr
;
15122 second_op
= DW_OP_form_tls_address
;
15125 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
15126 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
15131 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15132 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
15135 ret
= new_loc_descr (first_op
, 0, 0);
15136 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15137 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15138 ret
->dtprel
= dtprel
;
15140 ret1
= new_loc_descr (second_op
, 0, 0);
15141 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
15149 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc
))
15150 return loc_list_from_tree (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc
),
15155 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
15158 var_loc_list
*loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (loc
);
15160 if (loc_list
&& loc_list
->first
)
15162 list_ret
= dw_loc_list (loc_list
, loc
, want_address
);
15163 have_address
= want_address
!= 0;
15166 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
15167 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
15169 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "DECL has no RTL");
15172 else if (CONST_INT_P (rtl
))
15174 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
15175 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15176 val
&= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc
));
15177 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (val
);
15179 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
15181 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
, "CONST_STRING");
15184 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) && const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
15186 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
15187 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
15188 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
15192 enum machine_mode mode
;
15194 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
15195 if (want_address
== 2)
15197 ret
= loc_descriptor (rtl
, VOIDmode
,
15198 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15203 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
15206 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
15209 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
15212 expansion_failed (loc
, rtl
,
15213 "failed to produce loc descriptor for rtl");
15220 if (!integer_zerop (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)))
15224 case MISALIGNED_INDIRECT_REF
:
15225 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15229 case COMPOUND_EXPR
:
15230 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), want_address
);
15233 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
15236 return loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), want_address
);
15238 case COMPONENT_REF
:
15239 case BIT_FIELD_REF
:
15241 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
15242 case REALPART_EXPR
:
15243 case IMAGPART_EXPR
:
15246 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
15247 enum machine_mode mode
;
15249 int unsignedp
= TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15251 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
15252 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, false);
15254 gcc_assert (obj
!= loc
);
15256 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (obj
,
15258 && !bitpos
&& !offset
? 2 : 1);
15259 /* TODO: We can extract value of the small expression via shifting even
15260 for nonzero bitpos. */
15263 if (bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
15265 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15266 "bitfield access");
15270 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
15272 /* Variable offset. */
15273 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (offset
, 0);
15274 if (list_ret1
== 0)
15276 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15279 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
15282 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
15284 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
15285 else if (bytepos
< 0)
15286 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, bytepos
);
15293 if ((want_address
|| !host_integerp (loc
, 0))
15294 && (ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15296 else if (want_address
== 2
15297 && host_integerp (loc
, 0)
15298 && (ret
= address_of_int_loc_descriptor
15299 (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)),
15300 tree_low_cst (loc
, 0))))
15302 else if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
15303 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
15306 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15307 "Integer operand is not host integer");
15316 if ((ret
= cst_pool_loc_descr (loc
)))
15319 /* We can construct small constants here using int_loc_descriptor. */
15320 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15321 "constructor or constant not in constant pool");
15324 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
15325 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
15330 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
15335 case TRUTH_OR_EXPR
:
15336 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
15341 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
15342 case CEIL_DIV_EXPR
:
15343 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
15344 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
15345 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15354 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
15355 case CEIL_MOD_EXPR
:
15356 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
15357 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
15358 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)))
15363 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15364 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15365 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
15368 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15371 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15372 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_over
, 0, 0));
15373 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_div
, 0, 0));
15374 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
15375 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0));
15387 op
= (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) ? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
15390 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
15392 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
15394 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15398 loc_list_plus_const (list_ret
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0));
15406 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15413 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15420 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15427 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
15442 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15443 list_ret1
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15444 if (list_ret
== 0 || list_ret1
== 0)
15447 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, list_ret1
);
15450 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15453 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
15467 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15471 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
15477 const enum tree_code code
=
15478 TREE_CODE (loc
) == MIN_EXPR
? GT_EXPR
: LT_EXPR
;
15480 loc
= build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
15481 build2 (code
, integer_type_node
,
15482 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
15483 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
15486 /* ... fall through ... */
15490 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
15491 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
15492 dw_loc_list_ref rhs
15493 = loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
15494 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
15496 list_ret
= loc_list_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
15497 if (list_ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
15500 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
15501 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, bra_node
);
15503 add_loc_list (&list_ret
, rhs
);
15504 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
15505 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, jump_node
);
15507 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, lhs
);
15508 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15509 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
15511 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
15512 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
15513 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, tmp
);
15514 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
15515 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
15519 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR
:
15523 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
15524 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
15525 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
15526 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
15528 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15529 "language specific tree node");
15533 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
15534 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
15535 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
15536 gcc_unreachable ();
15538 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
15539 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
15544 if (!ret
&& !list_ret
)
15547 if (want_address
== 2 && !have_address
15548 && (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
))
15550 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
)) > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15552 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15553 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15557 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15559 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
,
15560 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
15563 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
15564 if (want_address
&& !have_address
)
15566 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15567 "Want address and only have value");
15571 gcc_assert (!ret
|| !list_ret
);
15573 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
15574 if (!want_address
&& have_address
)
15576 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
15578 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
15580 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15581 "DWARF address size mismatch");
15584 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
15587 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
15590 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15592 add_loc_descr_to_each (list_ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
15595 list_ret
= new_loc_list (ret
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
15600 /* Same as above but return only single location expression. */
15601 static dw_loc_descr_ref
15602 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int want_address
)
15604 dw_loc_list_ref ret
= loc_list_from_tree (loc
, want_address
);
15607 if (ret
->dw_loc_next
)
15609 expansion_failed (loc
, NULL_RTX
,
15610 "Location list where only loc descriptor needed");
15616 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
15617 which is not less than the value itself. */
15619 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
15620 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
15622 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
15625 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
15626 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
15627 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
15628 ERROR_MARK node. */
15631 field_type (const_tree decl
)
15635 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15636 return integer_type_node
;
15638 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
15639 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
15640 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
15645 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
15646 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
15647 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
15649 static inline unsigned
15650 simple_type_align_in_bits (const_tree type
)
15652 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15655 static inline unsigned
15656 simple_decl_align_in_bits (const_tree decl
)
15658 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
15661 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
15663 static inline double_int
15664 round_up_to_align (double_int t
, unsigned int align
)
15666 double_int alignd
= uhwi_to_double_int (align
);
15667 t
= double_int_add (t
, alignd
);
15668 t
= double_int_add (t
, double_int_minus_one
);
15669 t
= double_int_div (t
, alignd
, true, TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
);
15670 t
= double_int_mul (t
, alignd
);
15674 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
15675 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
15676 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
15677 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
15678 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
15681 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15682 field_byte_offset (const_tree decl
)
15684 double_int object_offset_in_bits
;
15685 double_int object_offset_in_bytes
;
15686 double_int bitpos_int
;
15688 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
15691 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
15693 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
15694 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
15695 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
15696 if (TREE_CODE (bit_position (decl
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
15699 bitpos_int
= tree_to_double_int (bit_position (decl
));
15701 #ifdef PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
15702 if (PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS
)
15705 tree field_size_tree
;
15706 double_int deepest_bitpos
;
15707 double_int field_size_in_bits
;
15708 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
15709 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
15710 double_int type_size_in_bits
;
15712 type
= field_type (decl
);
15713 type_size_in_bits
= double_int_type_size_in_bits (type
);
15714 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
15716 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
15718 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
15719 a flexible array member. */
15720 if (!field_size_tree
)
15721 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
15723 /* If the size of the field is not constant, use the type size. */
15724 if (TREE_CODE (field_size_tree
) == INTEGER_CST
)
15725 field_size_in_bits
= tree_to_double_int (field_size_tree
);
15727 field_size_in_bits
= type_size_in_bits
;
15729 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
15731 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the
15732 starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
15733 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a
15734 bit-field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the
15735 start of the "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce
15736 this information on our own. This can be rather tricky to do in
15737 some cases. For example, handling the following structure type
15738 definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only
15739 aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
15741 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
15743 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used
15744 in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will
15745 allocate 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to
15746 do this based upon one simple rule for bit-field allocation.
15747 GCC allocates each "containing object" for each bit-field at
15748 the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment boundary
15749 (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared
15750 type of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the
15751 condition that there is still enough available space remaining
15752 in the containing object (when allocated at the selected point)
15753 to fully accommodate all of the bits of the bit-field itself.
15755 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for
15756 each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
15757 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2',
15758 the compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing
15759 object" at each successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero)
15760 until it finds a place to allocate that 64- bit field such that
15761 at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated) bits remain
15762 within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
15763 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the
15764 "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the
15767 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts
15768 we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC
15769 must have believed that the containing object started (within
15770 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the
15771 callers of this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and
15772 DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields and, in
15773 the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
15775 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to
15776 the "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
15777 deepest_bitpos
= double_int_add (bitpos_int
, field_size_in_bits
);
15779 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce
15780 where the lowest addressed bit of the containing object must
15782 object_offset_in_bits
15783 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
15785 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for
15787 object_offset_in_bits
15788 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, type_align_in_bits
);
15790 if (double_int_ucmp (object_offset_in_bits
, bitpos_int
) > 0)
15792 object_offset_in_bits
15793 = double_int_sub (deepest_bitpos
, type_size_in_bits
);
15795 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
15796 object_offset_in_bits
15797 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits
, decl_align_in_bits
);
15802 object_offset_in_bits
= bitpos_int
;
15804 object_offset_in_bytes
15805 = double_int_div (object_offset_in_bits
,
15806 uhwi_to_double_int (BITS_PER_UNIT
), true,
15808 return double_int_to_shwi (object_offset_in_bytes
);
15811 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
15812 associated with them. */
15814 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
15816 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
15817 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
15818 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
15821 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
15822 dw_loc_list_ref descr
)
15826 if (single_element_loc_list_p (descr
))
15827 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
->expr
);
15829 add_AT_loc_list (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
15832 /* Add DW_AT_accessibility attribute to DIE if needed. */
15835 add_accessibility_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
15837 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
15838 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
15839 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
15840 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
15843 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
15844 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
15845 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
15846 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
15847 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
15848 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
15851 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
15852 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
15853 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
15854 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
15855 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
15856 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
15857 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
15858 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
15859 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
15860 function below.) */
15863 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
15865 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
15866 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
15868 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_BINFO
)
15870 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
15871 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl
) && is_cxx ())
15873 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
15874 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
15875 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
15876 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
15878 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
15880 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
15882 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
15884 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
15885 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
15886 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15888 /* Extract the vtable address. */
15889 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15890 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15892 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
15893 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
15894 gcc_assert (offset
< 0);
15896 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
15897 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15898 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
15899 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15901 /* Extract the offset. */
15902 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
15903 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15905 /* Add it to the object address. */
15906 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
15907 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
15910 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
15913 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
15917 if (dwarf_version
> 2)
15919 /* Don't need to output a location expression, just the constant. */
15921 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
15923 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, offset
);
15928 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
15930 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
15931 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure
15932 field address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
15934 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
15935 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
15936 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
15940 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
15943 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
15947 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
15950 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
15953 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val
, unsigned int size
, unsigned char *dest
)
15957 *dest
++ = val
& 0xff;
15963 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
15965 static HOST_WIDE_INT
15966 extract_int (const unsigned char *src
, unsigned int size
)
15968 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= 0;
15974 val
|= *--src
& 0xff;
15980 /* Writes double_int values to dw_vec_const array. */
15983 insert_double (double_int val
, unsigned char *dest
)
15985 unsigned char *p0
= dest
;
15986 unsigned char *p1
= dest
+ sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
15988 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
15994 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.low
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p0
);
15995 insert_int ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
.high
, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
), p1
);
15998 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
16001 insert_float (const_rtx rtl
, unsigned char *array
)
16003 REAL_VALUE_TYPE rv
;
16007 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
16008 real_to_target (val
, &rv
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
16010 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
16011 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / 4; i
++)
16013 insert_int (val
[i
], 4, array
);
16018 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
16019 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
16020 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
16021 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
16022 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
16025 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
16027 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
16031 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
16034 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
16036 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
16041 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
16042 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
16043 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
16046 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16048 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
16050 unsigned int length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
16051 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (length
);
16053 insert_float (rtl
, array
);
16054 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
/ 4, 4, array
);
16057 add_AT_double (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
16058 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
16064 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
16065 unsigned int elt_size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
16066 unsigned int length
= CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl
);
16067 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *) ggc_alloc_atomic
16068 (length
* elt_size
);
16072 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
16074 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
16075 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16077 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16078 double_int val
= rtx_to_double_int (elt
);
16080 if (elt_size
<= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
))
16081 insert_int (double_int_to_shwi (val
), elt_size
, p
);
16084 gcc_assert (elt_size
== 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT
));
16085 insert_double (val
, p
);
16090 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
16091 for (i
= 0, p
= array
; i
< length
; i
++, p
+= elt_size
)
16093 rtx elt
= CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl
, i
);
16094 insert_float (elt
, p
);
16099 gcc_unreachable ();
16102 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, elt_size
, array
);
16107 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
16109 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
16110 resolve_one_addr (&rtl
, NULL
);
16112 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
16113 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
16114 loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
16115 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_stack_value
, 0, 0));
16116 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_location
, loc_result
);
16117 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
16123 if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
16124 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, XEXP (rtl
, 0));
16127 if (!const_ok_for_output (rtl
))
16130 if (dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
16135 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
16136 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
16137 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
16138 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
16139 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
16140 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
16141 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
16142 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
16143 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
16144 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
16145 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
16153 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == CONST_STRING
16154 && MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
)
16155 && GET_MODE (rtl
) == BLKmode
)
16157 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0));
16163 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
16164 gcc_unreachable ();
16169 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
16170 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
16173 reference_to_unused (tree
* tp
, int * walk_subtrees
,
16174 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16176 if (! EXPR_P (*tp
) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp
))
16177 *walk_subtrees
= 0;
16179 if (DECL_P (*tp
) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp
) && ! TREE_USED (*tp
)
16180 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
16182 /* ??? The C++ FE emits debug information for using decls, so
16183 putting gcc_unreachable here falls over. See PR31899. For now
16184 be conservative. */
16185 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
16186 && (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
16188 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == VAR_DECL
)
16190 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (*tp
);
16191 if (!node
|| !node
->needed
)
16194 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
16195 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp
) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp
)))
16197 /* The call graph machinery must have finished analyzing,
16198 optimizing and gimplifying the CU by now.
16199 So if *TP has no call graph node associated
16200 to it, it means *TP will not be emitted. */
16201 if (!cgraph_get_node (*tp
))
16204 else if (TREE_CODE (*tp
) == STRING_CST
&& !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp
))
16210 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
16211 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
16214 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init
, tree type
)
16216 rtx rtl
= NULL_RTX
;
16218 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
16219 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
16220 if (TREE_CODE (init
) == STRING_CST
&& TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16222 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
16223 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
16224 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
16226 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
16228 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
16229 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
16230 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
16231 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
16232 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
16234 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
16235 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
16236 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, rtl
);
16237 MEM_READONLY_P (rtl
) = 1;
16240 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
16242 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
) || TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
16244 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
16245 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
16246 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
16248 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
16249 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
16250 reference variables which won't be output. */
16251 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
)
16252 && ! walk_tree (&init
, reference_to_unused
, NULL
, NULL
))
16254 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
16256 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
16257 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
16262 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init
))
16264 VEC(constructor_elt
,gc
) *elts
= CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
);
16265 bool constant_p
= true;
16267 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix
;
16269 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
16270 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
16271 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
16272 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts
, ix
, value
)
16273 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value
))
16275 constant_p
= false;
16281 init
= build_vector_from_ctor (type
, elts
);
16291 rtl
= expand_expr (init
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
16293 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
16294 gcc_assert (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
));
16300 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
16303 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
16307 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
16308 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
16309 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
16311 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
16312 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
16313 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
16314 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
16315 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
16316 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
16317 referenced within the function.
16319 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
16320 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
16321 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
16322 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
16324 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
16325 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
16326 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
16327 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
16328 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
16329 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
16331 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
16332 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
16333 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
16334 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
16335 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
16336 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
16337 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
16338 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
16339 output at debug-time.
16341 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
16342 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
16343 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
16344 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16345 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
16346 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
16347 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
16348 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
16349 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
16350 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
16351 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
16352 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
16353 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
16355 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
16356 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
16357 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
16358 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
16359 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
16360 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
16361 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
16362 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
16363 I'd like to fix it.
16365 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
16366 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
16367 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
16368 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
16369 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
16370 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
16371 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
16372 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
16373 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
16374 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
16375 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
16377 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
16378 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
16380 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
16381 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
16382 fixed registers. */
16383 if (! reload_completed
)
16386 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
16388 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
16390 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16391 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
16393 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
16398 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
16400 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
16402 tree declared_type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
16403 tree passed_type
= DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
);
16404 enum machine_mode dmode
= TYPE_MODE (declared_type
);
16405 enum machine_mode pmode
= TYPE_MODE (passed_type
);
16407 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
16408 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
16409 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
16410 if (dmode
== pmode
)
16411 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
16412 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode
)
16413 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
16414 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16416 rtx inc
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
16419 else if (MEM_P (inc
))
16421 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16422 rtl
= adjust_address_nv (inc
, dmode
,
16423 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode
)
16424 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode
));
16431 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
16432 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
16433 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
16434 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
16435 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
16436 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
16438 else if (MEM_P (rtl
)
16439 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
16440 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16441 /* Not passed in memory. */
16442 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
))
16443 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
16444 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
16445 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16446 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
16447 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
16448 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
16451 /* Big endian correction check. */
16452 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
16453 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
16454 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
16457 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
16458 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
16460 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
16461 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
16464 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16467 && GET_MODE (rtl
) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
16468 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
16470 int rsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
16471 int dsize
= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
16473 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
16474 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
16475 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
16476 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
16477 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
16478 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
16480 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
16481 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), rsize
-dsize
));
16484 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
16485 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
16486 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
16487 if (!rtl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16488 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), TREE_TYPE (decl
));
16491 rtl
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (rtl
);
16493 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
16494 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
16495 code, and thus is not emitted. */
16497 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
16499 /* Try harder to get a rtl. If this symbol ends up not being emitted
16500 in the current CU, resolve_addr will remove the expression referencing
16502 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
16503 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
16504 && !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
16505 && TREE_STATIC (decl
)
16506 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
16507 && !DECL_HARD_REGISTER (decl
)
16508 && DECL_MODE (decl
) != VOIDmode
)
16510 rtl
= make_decl_rtl_for_debug (decl
);
16512 || GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != SYMBOL_REF
16513 || SYMBOL_REF_DECL (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != decl
)
16520 /* Check whether decl is a Fortran COMMON symbol. If not, NULL_TREE is
16521 returned. If so, the decl for the COMMON block is returned, and the
16522 value is the offset into the common block for the symbol. */
16525 fortran_common (tree decl
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*value
)
16527 tree val_expr
, cvar
;
16528 enum machine_mode mode
;
16529 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
;
16531 int volatilep
= 0, unsignedp
= 0;
16533 /* If the decl isn't a VAR_DECL, or if it isn't static, or if
16534 it does not have a value (the offset into the common area), or if it
16535 is thread local (as opposed to global) then it isn't common, and shouldn't
16536 be handled as such. */
16537 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16538 || !TREE_STATIC (decl
)
16539 || !DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (decl
)
16543 val_expr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (decl
);
16544 if (TREE_CODE (val_expr
) != COMPONENT_REF
)
16547 cvar
= get_inner_reference (val_expr
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
,
16548 &mode
, &unsignedp
, &volatilep
, true);
16550 if (cvar
== NULL_TREE
16551 || TREE_CODE (cvar
) != VAR_DECL
16552 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (cvar
)
16553 || !TREE_PUBLIC (cvar
))
16557 if (offset
!= NULL
)
16559 if (!host_integerp (offset
, 0))
16561 *value
= tree_low_cst (offset
, 0);
16564 *value
+= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
16569 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
16570 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
16571 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
16572 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
16573 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
16574 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
16575 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
16576 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
16577 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
16578 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
16581 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
,
16582 enum dwarf_attribute attr
)
16585 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
16586 var_loc_list
*loc_list
;
16588 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
16591 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
16592 || TREE_CODE (decl
) == RESULT_DECL
);
16594 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
16597 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
16598 if (rtl
&& (CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
16599 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
16602 /* See if we have single element location list that is equivalent to
16603 a constant value. That way we are better to use add_const_value_attribute
16604 rather than expanding constant value equivalent. */
16605 loc_list
= lookup_decl_loc (decl
);
16608 && loc_list
->first
->next
== NULL
16609 && NOTE_P (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
16610 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (loc_list
->first
->loc
)
16611 && NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc_list
->first
->loc
))
16613 struct var_loc_node
*node
;
16615 node
= loc_list
->first
;
16616 rtl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node
->loc
);
16617 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == EXPR_LIST
)
16618 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
16619 if ((CONSTANT_P (rtl
) || GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
16620 && add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
))
16623 list
= loc_list_from_tree (decl
, decl_by_reference_p (decl
) ? 0 : 2);
16626 add_AT_location_description (die
, attr
, list
);
16629 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
16630 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
16631 return tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (die
, decl
);
16634 /* Add VARIABLE and DIE into deferred locations list. */
16637 defer_location (tree variable
, dw_die_ref die
)
16639 deferred_locations entry
;
16640 entry
.variable
= variable
;
16642 VEC_safe_push (deferred_locations
, gc
, deferred_locations_list
, &entry
);
16645 /* Helper function for tree_add_const_value_attribute. Natively encode
16646 initializer INIT into an array. Return true if successful. */
16649 native_encode_initializer (tree init
, unsigned char *array
, int size
)
16653 if (init
== NULL_TREE
)
16657 switch (TREE_CODE (init
))
16660 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
16661 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16663 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
16664 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
16666 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_INT
|| GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 1)
16668 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16670 if (size
> TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
))
16672 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
),
16673 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16674 memset (array
+ TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
),
16675 '\0', size
- TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
));
16678 memcpy (array
, TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
), size
);
16683 type
= TREE_TYPE (init
);
16684 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16686 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
16688 HOST_WIDE_INT min_index
;
16689 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
16690 int curpos
= 0, fieldsize
;
16691 constructor_elt
*ce
;
16693 if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) == NULL_TREE
16694 || !host_integerp (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0))
16697 fieldsize
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
));
16698 if (fieldsize
<= 0)
16701 min_index
= tree_low_cst (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)), 0);
16702 memset (array
, '\0', size
);
16704 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
16707 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16708 tree index
= ce
->index
;
16710 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
16711 pos
= (tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0) - min_index
)
16714 pos
= (tree_low_cst (index
, 0) - min_index
) * fieldsize
;
16719 if (!native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16722 curpos
= pos
+ fieldsize
;
16723 if (index
&& TREE_CODE (index
) == RANGE_EXPR
)
16725 int count
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 1), 0)
16726 - tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (index
, 0), 0);
16730 memcpy (array
+ curpos
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
);
16731 curpos
+= fieldsize
;
16734 gcc_assert (curpos
<= size
);
16738 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
16739 || TREE_CODE (type
) == UNION_TYPE
)
16741 tree field
= NULL_TREE
;
16742 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT cnt
;
16743 constructor_elt
*ce
;
16745 if (int_size_in_bytes (type
) != size
)
16748 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
)
16749 field
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
16752 VEC_iterate (constructor_elt
, CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init
), cnt
, ce
);
16753 cnt
++, field
= field
? DECL_CHAIN (field
) : 0)
16755 tree val
= ce
->value
;
16756 int pos
, fieldsize
;
16758 if (ce
->index
!= 0)
16764 if (field
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_BIT_FIELD (field
))
16767 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (field
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
16768 && TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))
16769 && ! TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (TREE_TYPE (field
))))
16771 else if (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
) == NULL_TREE
16772 || !host_integerp (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0))
16774 fieldsize
= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE_UNIT (field
), 0);
16775 pos
= int_byte_position (field
);
16776 gcc_assert (pos
+ fieldsize
<= size
);
16778 && !native_encode_initializer (val
, array
+ pos
, fieldsize
))
16784 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
16785 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
16786 return native_encode_initializer (TREE_OPERAND (init
, 0), array
, size
);
16788 return native_encode_expr (init
, array
, size
) == size
;
16792 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE. The value of the
16793 attribute is the const value T. */
16796 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree t
)
16799 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (t
);
16802 if (!t
|| !TREE_TYPE (t
) || TREE_TYPE (t
) == error_mark_node
)
16806 gcc_assert (!DECL_P (init
));
16808 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_init (init
, type
);
16810 return add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
16811 /* If the host and target are sane, try harder. */
16812 else if (CHAR_BIT
== 8 && BITS_PER_UNIT
== 8
16813 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
))
16815 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (init
));
16816 if (size
> 0 && (int) size
== size
)
16818 unsigned char *array
= (unsigned char *)
16819 ggc_alloc_cleared_atomic (size
);
16821 if (native_encode_initializer (init
, array
, size
))
16823 add_AT_vec (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, size
, 1, array
);
16831 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute to VAR_DIE. The value of the
16832 attribute is the const value of T, where T is an integral constant
16833 variable with static storage duration
16834 (so it can't be a PARM_DECL or a RESULT_DECL). */
16837 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
16841 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
16842 && TREE_CODE (decl
) != CONST_DECL
))
16845 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
)
16846 && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
)
16847 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
16852 /* Don't add DW_AT_const_value if abstract origin already has one. */
16853 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
))
16856 return tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, DECL_INITIAL (decl
));
16859 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
16860 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
16861 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
16862 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
16865 static dw_loc_list_ref
16866 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16869 dw_loc_list_ref list
, *list_tail
;
16871 dw_cfa_location last_cfa
, next_cfa
;
16872 const char *start_label
, *last_label
, *section
;
16873 dw_cfa_location remember
;
16875 fde
= current_fde ();
16876 gcc_assert (fde
!= NULL
);
16878 section
= secname_for_decl (current_function_decl
);
16882 memset (&next_cfa
, 0, sizeof (next_cfa
));
16883 next_cfa
.reg
= INVALID_REGNUM
;
16884 remember
= next_cfa
;
16886 start_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
16888 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
16889 advance opcodes. */
16890 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16891 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16893 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16894 last_label
= start_label
;
16896 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
16897 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
16899 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
16900 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
16901 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
16902 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
16903 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16905 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16906 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16908 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16909 last_cfa
= next_cfa
;
16910 start_label
= last_label
;
16912 last_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
16915 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
16916 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
16917 gcc_unreachable ();
16920 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, &next_cfa
, &remember
);
16924 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa
, &next_cfa
))
16926 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa
, offset
),
16927 start_label
, last_label
, section
);
16928 list_tail
= &(*list_tail
)->dw_loc_next
;
16929 start_label
= last_label
;
16932 *list_tail
= new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa
, offset
),
16933 start_label
, fde
->dw_fde_end
, section
);
16935 if (list
&& list
->dw_loc_next
)
16941 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
16942 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
16943 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
16944 before the latter is negated. */
16947 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
16951 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
16952 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
16953 offset
+= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16955 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
16956 offset
+= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
16959 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
16960 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
16962 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
16963 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
16966 gcc_assert ((SUPPORTS_STACK_ALIGNMENT
16967 && (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16968 || elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
))
16969 || elim
== (frame_pointer_needed
16970 ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
16971 : stack_pointer_rtx
));
16973 frame_pointer_fb_offset
= -offset
;
16976 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
16977 the value of the attribute. */
16980 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
16982 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
16984 if (demangle_name_func
)
16985 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
16987 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
16991 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
16994 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
16996 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
17002 if (DWARF2_DIR_SHOULD_END_WITH_SEPARATOR
)
17006 wdlen
= strlen (wd
);
17007 wd1
= (char *) ggc_alloc_atomic (wdlen
+ 2);
17009 wd1
[wdlen
] = DIR_SEPARATOR
;
17010 wd1
[wdlen
+ 1] = 0;
17014 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, remap_debug_filename (wd
));
17017 /* Return the default for DW_AT_lower_bound, or -1 if there is not any
17021 lower_bound_default (void)
17023 switch (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
))
17028 case DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
:
17030 case DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
:
17033 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
17034 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
17035 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
17039 case DW_LANG_Python
:
17040 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 0 : -1;
17041 case DW_LANG_Ada95
:
17042 case DW_LANG_Ada83
:
17043 case DW_LANG_Cobol74
:
17044 case DW_LANG_Cobol85
:
17045 case DW_LANG_Pascal83
:
17046 case DW_LANG_Modula2
:
17048 return dwarf_version
>= 4 ? 1 : -1;
17054 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
17055 a representation for that bound. */
17058 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
17060 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
17065 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
17068 unsigned int prec
= simple_type_size_in_bits (TREE_TYPE (bound
));
17071 /* Use the default if possible. */
17072 if (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
17073 && host_integerp (bound
, 0)
17074 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
17075 && tree_low_cst (bound
, 0) == dflt
)
17078 /* Otherwise represent the bound as an unsigned value with the
17079 precision of its type. The precision and signedness of the
17080 type will be necessary to re-interpret it unambiguously. */
17081 else if (prec
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
17083 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
17084 = ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << prec
) - 1;
17085 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
17086 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
) & mask
);
17088 else if (prec
== HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
17089 || TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
) == 0)
17090 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
,
17091 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
17093 add_AT_double (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (bound
),
17094 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (bound
));
17099 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
17100 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
17110 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
17112 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
17113 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
17114 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
17115 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
17116 later parameter. */
17117 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
17119 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
17127 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
17128 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
17130 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
17131 dw_loc_list_ref list
;
17133 list
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 2);
17134 if (list
== NULL
|| single_element_loc_list_p (list
))
17136 /* If DW_AT_*bound is not a reference nor constant, it is
17137 a DWARF expression rather than location description.
17138 For that loc_list_from_tree (bound, 0) is needed.
17139 If that fails to give a single element list,
17140 fall back to outputting this as a reference anyway. */
17141 dw_loc_list_ref list2
= loc_list_from_tree (bound
, 0);
17142 if (list2
&& single_element_loc_list_p (list2
))
17144 add_AT_loc (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, list2
->expr
);
17151 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
17152 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
17154 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
17156 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
17157 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
17158 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
17159 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, list
);
17160 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
17166 /* Add subscript info to TYPE_DIE, describing an array TYPE, collapsing
17167 possibly nested array subscripts in a flat sequence if COLLAPSE_P is true.
17168 Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
17169 includes information about the element type of the given array type. */
17172 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
, bool collapse_p
)
17174 unsigned dimension_number
;
17176 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
17178 for (dimension_number
= 0;
17179 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
&& (dimension_number
== 0 || collapse_p
);
17180 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
17182 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
17184 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && is_fortran () && dimension_number
> 0)
17187 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
17188 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
17190 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
17193 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
17194 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
17195 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
17197 /* Define the index type. */
17198 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
17200 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
17201 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
17202 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
17203 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
17204 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
17205 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
17206 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
17209 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
17213 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
17214 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
17216 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
17217 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
17218 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
17220 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
17222 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
17225 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
17226 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
17232 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
17236 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
17241 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
17244 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
17245 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
17248 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
17249 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
17250 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
17251 even for bit-fields. */
17252 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17255 gcc_unreachable ();
17258 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
17259 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
17260 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
17261 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
17262 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17265 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
17266 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
17267 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
17270 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
17271 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
17272 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
17273 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
17274 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
17275 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
17277 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
17278 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
17279 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
17282 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17284 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
17285 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
17286 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
17287 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
17288 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
17289 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
17291 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17292 gcc_assert (type
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
);
17294 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
17295 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
17296 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
17297 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
17298 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
17301 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
17303 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
17304 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
17305 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
17306 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
17307 below must take account of these differences. */
17308 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
17309 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
17311 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
17313 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
17314 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
17318 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
17319 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
17320 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
17322 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
17325 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
17326 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
17329 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17331 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
17332 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
17333 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
));
17335 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
17336 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
17339 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
17340 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
17343 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
17345 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
17346 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
17347 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
17350 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
17351 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
17354 static inline dw_die_ref
17355 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
17357 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
17359 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
17361 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
17362 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
17363 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
17365 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
17366 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
17370 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
17372 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
17374 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
17377 if (DECL_P (origin
))
17378 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
17379 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
17380 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
17382 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
17383 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
17384 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
17385 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
17386 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
17387 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
17388 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
17392 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
17396 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
17399 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
17401 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
17403 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
17405 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
17406 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
17407 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
17408 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
17411 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
17412 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17413 && DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
))
17414 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
17415 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
17419 /* Add a DW_AT_linkage_name or DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name attribute for the
17420 given decl. This used to be a vendor extension until after DWARF 4
17421 standardized it. */
17424 add_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17426 const char *name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
17428 /* Mimic what assemble_name_raw does with a leading '*'. */
17429 if (name
[0] == '*')
17432 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
17433 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_linkage_name
, name
);
17435 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
, name
);
17438 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
17441 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17443 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
17445 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
17446 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
17449 /* Add DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute for the given decl. */
17452 add_linkage_name (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17454 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
17455 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
17456 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
17457 && !(TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_REGISTER (decl
))
17458 && die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_member
)
17460 /* Defer until we have an assembler name set. */
17461 if (!DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME_SET_P (decl
))
17463 limbo_die_node
*asm_name
;
17465 asm_name
= ggc_alloc_cleared_limbo_die_node ();
17466 asm_name
->die
= die
;
17467 asm_name
->created_for
= decl
;
17468 asm_name
->next
= deferred_asm_name
;
17469 deferred_asm_name
= asm_name
;
17471 else if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
17472 add_linkage_attr (die
, decl
);
17476 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
17477 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
17480 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
17484 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
17485 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
17487 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
17489 add_name_attribute (die
, name
);
17490 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
17491 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
17493 add_linkage_name (die
, decl
);
17496 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17497 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17498 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17499 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
17501 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
17502 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
17503 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
17508 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17510 /* Output the debug main pointer die for VMS */
17513 dwarf2out_vms_debug_main_pointer (void)
17515 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
17518 /* Allocate the VMS debug main subprogram die. */
17519 die
= ggc_alloc_cleared_die_node ();
17520 die
->die_tag
= DW_TAG_subprogram
;
17521 add_name_attribute (die
, VMS_DEBUG_MAIN_POINTER
);
17522 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, PROLOGUE_END_LABEL
,
17523 current_function_funcdef_no
);
17524 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
17526 /* Make it the first child of comp_unit_die. */
17527 die
->die_parent
= comp_unit_die
;
17528 if (comp_unit_die
->die_child
)
17530 die
->die_sib
= comp_unit_die
->die_child
->die_sib
;
17531 comp_unit_die
->die_child
->die_sib
= die
;
17535 die
->die_sib
= die
;
17536 comp_unit_die
->die_child
= die
;
17541 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
17544 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
17546 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, decl_scope_table
, scope
);
17549 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
17552 pop_decl_scope (void)
17554 VEC_pop (tree
, decl_scope_table
);
17557 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
17558 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
17559 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
17560 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
17561 the current active scope. */
17564 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17566 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
17567 tree containing_scope
;
17570 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
17571 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t
));
17573 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
17575 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
17576 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
17578 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
17581 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
17584 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
17585 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
17586 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
17587 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
17588 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
17590 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
17591 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
17592 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
17594 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
17595 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
17596 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
17597 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
17598 if (VEC_index (tree
, decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
17603 gcc_assert (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
17604 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
));
17605 /*We are not in the middle of emitting the type
17606 CONTAINING_SCOPE. Let's see if it's emitted already. */
17607 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
17609 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
17610 if (scope_die
== NULL
)
17611 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
17614 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
17617 scope_die
= context_die
;
17622 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
17625 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
17627 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
17628 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
17629 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
17635 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
17638 class_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
17640 return (context_die
17641 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
17642 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_class_type
17643 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_interface_type
17644 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
));
17647 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
17648 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
17651 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
17653 return (class_scope_p (context_die
)
17654 || (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
17657 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
17658 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
17659 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
17662 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
17663 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17665 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
17666 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
17668 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral, floating-point
17669 or fixed-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
17670 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
17671 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
17672 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
|| code
== FIXED_POINT_TYPE
)
17673 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
17674 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
17676 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
17677 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
17678 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
17679 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
17680 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
17683 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
17684 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
17685 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
17688 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
17689 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
17692 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
17693 function call type. */
17695 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die
, tree decl
)
17697 enum dwarf_calling_convention value
= DW_CC_normal
;
17699 value
= ((enum dwarf_calling_convention
)
17700 targetm
.dwarf_calling_convention (TREE_TYPE (decl
)));
17702 /* DWARF doesn't provide a way to identify a program's source-level
17703 entry point. DW_AT_calling_convention attributes are only meant
17704 to describe functions' calling conventions. However, lacking a
17705 better way to signal the Fortran main program, we use this for the
17706 time being, following existing custom. */
17708 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "MAIN__"))
17709 value
= DW_CC_program
;
17711 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
17712 is not DW_CC_normal. */
17713 if (value
&& (value
!= DW_CC_normal
))
17714 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_calling_convention
, value
);
17717 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
17718 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
17719 was declared without a tag. */
17721 static const char *
17722 type_tag (const_tree type
)
17724 const char *name
= 0;
17726 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
17730 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
17731 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
17732 && !TYPE_NAMELESS (type
))
17733 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
17735 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
17736 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
17738 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
17739 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
17741 /* We want to be extra verbose. Don't call dwarf_name if
17742 DECL_NAME isn't set. The default hook for decl_printable_name
17743 doesn't like that, and in this context it's correct to return
17744 0, instead of "<anonymous>" or the like. */
17745 if (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
))
17746 && !DECL_NAMELESS (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
17747 name
= lang_hooks
.dwarf_name (TYPE_NAME (type
), 2);
17750 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
17751 if (!name
&& t
!= 0)
17752 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
17755 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
17758 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
17759 for bit field types. */
17762 member_declared_type (const_tree member
)
17764 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
17765 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
17768 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
17769 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
17772 static const char *
17773 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
17776 const char *fnname
;
17778 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
17779 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x
));
17782 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
17784 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
17789 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
17790 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
17791 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
17794 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
17796 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
17797 dw_die_ref array_die
;
17799 /* GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of one
17800 dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array types.
17801 We sometimes squish that down to a single array_type DIE with multiple
17802 subscripts in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft Dwarf specification
17803 say that we are allowed to do this kind of compression in C, because
17804 there is no difference between an array of arrays and a multidimensional
17805 array. We don't do this for Ada to remain as close as possible to the
17806 actual representation, which is especially important against the language
17807 flexibilty wrt arrays of variable size. */
17809 bool collapse_nested_arrays
= !is_ada ();
17812 /* Emit DW_TAG_string_type for Fortran character types (with kind 1 only, as
17813 DW_TAG_string_type doesn't have DW_AT_type attribute). */
17814 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
)
17815 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17817 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
))
17819 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17821 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17822 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17823 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17824 size
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
17826 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17827 else if (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
) != NULL_TREE
17828 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)) != NULL_TREE
17829 && DECL_P (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))))
17831 tree szdecl
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
));
17832 dw_loc_list_ref loc
= loc_list_from_tree (szdecl
, 2);
17834 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (szdecl
));
17835 if (loc
&& size
> 0)
17837 add_AT_location_description (array_die
, DW_AT_string_length
, loc
);
17838 if (size
!= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17839 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
17845 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types
17846 (e.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10]) unless the inner
17847 array type comes before the outer array type. We thus call gen_type_die
17848 before we new_die and must prevent nested array types collapsing for this
17851 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17852 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
17853 collapse_nested_arrays
= false;
17856 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
17857 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
17858 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
17860 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
17862 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
17863 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
17864 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
17865 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
17868 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
17870 && TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
17871 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
17872 && !TYPE_STRING_FLAG (TREE_TYPE (type
)))
17873 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
17876 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
17877 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
17878 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
17879 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
17880 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
17881 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
17882 for multidimensional arrays. */
17883 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
17886 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17887 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
17888 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
17889 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
17890 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
17893 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
, collapse_nested_arrays
);
17895 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type and
17896 emit the corresponding DIE if we haven't done it already. */
17897 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
17898 if (collapse_nested_arrays
)
17899 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
17901 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (element_type
) && is_fortran ())
17903 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
17906 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
17907 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
17910 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
17912 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
17913 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
17916 static dw_loc_descr_ref
17917 descr_info_loc (tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17919 HOST_WIDE_INT size
;
17920 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, loc2
;
17921 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
17923 if (val
== base_decl
)
17924 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_push_object_address
, 0, 0);
17926 switch (TREE_CODE (val
))
17929 return descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17931 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (val
, 0);
17933 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17934 return int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
17937 size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (val
));
17940 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17943 if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
17944 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
17946 add_loc_descr (&loc
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref_size
, size
, 0));
17948 case POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
:
17950 if (host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17951 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 1)
17954 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17957 loc_descr_plus_const (&loc
, tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), 0));
17963 loc
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 0), base_decl
);
17966 loc2
= descr_info_loc (TREE_OPERAND (val
, 1), base_decl
);
17969 add_loc_descr (&loc
, loc2
);
17970 add_loc_descr (&loc2
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
17992 add_descr_info_field (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr
,
17993 tree val
, tree base_decl
)
17995 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
17997 if (host_integerp (val
, 0))
17999 add_AT_unsigned (die
, attr
, tree_low_cst (val
, 0));
18003 loc
= descr_info_loc (val
, base_decl
);
18007 add_AT_loc (die
, attr
, loc
);
18010 /* This routine generates DIE for array with hidden descriptor, details
18011 are filled into *info by a langhook. */
18014 gen_descr_array_type_die (tree type
, struct array_descr_info
*info
,
18015 dw_die_ref context_die
)
18017 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
18018 dw_die_ref array_die
;
18021 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
18022 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
18023 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
18025 /* For Fortran multidimensional arrays use DW_ORD_col_major ordering. */
18027 && info
->ndimensions
>= 2)
18028 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_col_major
);
18030 if (info
->data_location
)
18031 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_data_location
, info
->data_location
,
18033 if (info
->associated
)
18034 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_associated
, info
->associated
,
18036 if (info
->allocated
)
18037 add_descr_info_field (array_die
, DW_AT_allocated
, info
->allocated
,
18040 for (dim
= 0; dim
< info
->ndimensions
; dim
++)
18042 dw_die_ref subrange_die
18043 = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, array_die
, NULL
);
18045 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
)
18047 /* If it is the default value, omit it. */
18050 if (host_integerp (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0)
18051 && (dflt
= lower_bound_default ()) != -1
18052 && tree_low_cst (info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
, 0) == dflt
)
18055 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
18056 info
->dimen
[dim
].lower_bound
,
18059 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
)
18060 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
18061 info
->dimen
[dim
].upper_bound
,
18063 if (info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
)
18064 add_descr_info_field (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_stride
,
18065 info
->dimen
[dim
].stride
,
18069 gen_type_die (info
->element_type
, context_die
);
18070 add_type_attribute (array_die
, info
->element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18072 if (get_AT (array_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18073 add_pubtype (type
, array_die
);
18078 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18080 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18081 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
18083 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18084 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
18087 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
18088 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
18089 0, 0, context_die
);
18092 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18093 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
18095 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
18099 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
18100 emit full debugging info for them. */
18103 retry_incomplete_types (void)
18107 for (i
= VEC_length (tree
, incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
18108 if (should_emit_struct_debug (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
),
18109 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
18110 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree
, incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
18113 /* Determine what tag to use for a record type. */
18115 static enum dwarf_tag
18116 record_type_tag (tree type
)
18118 if (! lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record
)
18119 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18121 switch (lang_hooks
.types
.classify_record (type
))
18123 case RECORD_IS_STRUCT
:
18124 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18126 case RECORD_IS_CLASS
:
18127 return DW_TAG_class_type
;
18129 case RECORD_IS_INTERFACE
:
18130 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18131 return DW_TAG_interface_type
;
18132 return DW_TAG_structure_type
;
18135 gcc_unreachable ();
18139 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
18140 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
18141 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
18145 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18147 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18149 if (type_die
== NULL
)
18151 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
18152 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
18153 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
18154 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
18155 if ((dwarf_version
>= 4 || !dwarf_strict
)
18156 && ENUM_IS_SCOPED (type
))
18157 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_enum_class
, 1);
18159 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
18162 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18164 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
18165 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
18166 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
18167 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
18171 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
18172 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
18173 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
18175 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18176 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
18179 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
18180 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
18181 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18182 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
18184 for (link
= TYPE_VALUES (type
);
18185 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
18187 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
18188 tree value
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
18190 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
18191 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
18193 if (TREE_CODE (value
) == CONST_DECL
)
18194 value
= DECL_INITIAL (value
);
18196 if (host_integerp (value
, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value
))))
18197 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
18198 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
18199 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
18200 values as if they were signed. That means that
18201 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
18202 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
18203 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
18204 tree_low_cst (value
, tree_int_cst_sgn (value
) > 0));
18208 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18210 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
18211 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
18216 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
18217 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
18220 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
18221 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
18222 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
18223 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
18224 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
18225 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
18226 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
18227 argument type of some subprogram type.
18228 If EMIT_NAME_P is true, name and source coordinate attributes
18232 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, tree origin
, bool emit_name_p
,
18233 dw_die_ref context_die
)
18235 tree node_or_origin
= node
? node
: origin
;
18236 tree ultimate_origin
;
18237 dw_die_ref parm_die
18238 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
18240 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node_or_origin
)))
18242 case tcc_declaration
:
18243 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node_or_origin
);
18244 if (node
|| ultimate_origin
)
18245 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
18246 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18247 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
18248 else if (emit_name_p
)
18249 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
18251 || (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
)
18252 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
),
18253 decl_function_context
18254 (node_or_origin
))))
18256 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (node_or_origin
);
18257 if (decl_by_reference_p (node_or_origin
))
18258 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0,
18261 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, type
,
18262 TREE_READONLY (node_or_origin
),
18263 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node_or_origin
),
18266 if (origin
== NULL
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
18267 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18269 if (node
&& node
!= origin
)
18270 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
18271 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node_or_origin
))
18272 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
,
18278 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
18279 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node_or_origin
, 0, 0, context_die
);
18283 gcc_unreachable ();
18289 /* Generate and return a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack. Also generate
18290 children DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs representing the arguments of the
18293 PARM_PACK must be a function parameter pack.
18294 PACK_ARG is the first argument of the parameter pack. Its TREE_CHAIN
18295 must point to the subsequent arguments of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18296 SUBR_DIE is the DIE of the function PACK_ARG belongs to.
18297 If NEXT_ARG is non NULL, *NEXT_ARG is set to the function argument
18298 following the last one for which a DIE was generated. */
18301 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (tree parm_pack
,
18303 dw_die_ref subr_die
,
18307 dw_die_ref parm_pack_die
;
18309 gcc_assert (parm_pack
18310 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (parm_pack
)
18313 parm_pack_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack
, subr_die
, parm_pack
);
18314 add_src_coords_attributes (parm_pack_die
, parm_pack
);
18316 for (arg
= pack_arg
; arg
; arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
))
18318 if (! lang_hooks
.decls
.function_parm_expanded_from_pack_p (arg
,
18321 gen_formal_parameter_die (arg
, NULL
,
18322 false /* Don't emit name attribute. */,
18327 return parm_pack_die
;
18330 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
18331 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
18334 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18336 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
18339 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
18340 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
18341 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
18342 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
18345 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18348 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
18349 tree first_parm_type
;
18352 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18354 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
18355 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
18360 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
18362 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
18363 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
18364 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
18366 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
18368 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
18369 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
18372 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
18373 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, NULL
,
18374 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
18376 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
18377 && link
== first_parm_type
)
18379 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18380 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
18381 add_AT_die_ref (context_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
18383 else if (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
))
18384 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18386 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
18388 arg
= DECL_CHAIN (arg
);
18391 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
18392 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
18393 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
18394 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
18396 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
18397 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
18398 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
18399 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
18400 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
18401 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
18404 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
18405 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
18406 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
18407 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
18408 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
18411 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18413 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
18415 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
18416 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
18417 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
18418 && TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
18419 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
18421 dw_die_ref type_die
;
18422 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member
));
18424 push_decl_scope (type
);
18425 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18426 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
18427 gen_subprogram_die (member
, type_die
);
18428 else if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FIELD_DECL
)
18430 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
18431 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
18432 if (DECL_NAME (member
) != NULL_TREE
18433 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == UNION_TYPE
18434 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
18436 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member
), type_die
);
18437 gen_field_die (member
, type_die
);
18441 gen_variable_die (member
, NULL_TREE
, type_die
);
18447 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
18448 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
18451 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
18453 dw_die_ref old_die
;
18457 htab_t old_decl_loc_table
;
18459 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
18460 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
18462 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
18463 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18464 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
18467 /* We can be called while recursively when seeing block defining inlined subroutine
18468 DIE. Be sure to not clobber the outer location table nor use it or we would
18469 get locations in abstract instantces. */
18470 old_decl_loc_table
= decl_loc_table
;
18471 decl_loc_table
= NULL
;
18473 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
18474 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
18475 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18477 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
18479 gen_type_die_for_member
18480 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
18483 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
18484 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
18485 current_function_decl
= decl
;
18486 push_cfun (DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl
));
18488 was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
18489 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
18490 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
18491 if (! was_abstract
)
18492 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
18494 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
18495 decl_loc_table
= old_decl_loc_table
;
18499 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
18502 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18503 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
18506 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
18511 type
= (tree
) *slot
;
18512 die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
18514 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18518 /* Helper function of premark_types_used_by_global_vars which gets called
18519 through htab_traverse.
18521 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
18522 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. The DIE of the type is marked
18523 only if the global variable using the type will actually be emitted. */
18526 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper (void **slot
,
18527 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
18529 struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*entry
;
18532 entry
= (struct types_used_by_vars_entry
*) *slot
;
18533 gcc_assert (entry
->type
!= NULL
18534 && entry
->var_decl
!= NULL
);
18535 die
= lookup_type_die (entry
->type
);
18538 /* Ask cgraph if the global variable really is to be emitted.
18539 If yes, then we'll keep the DIE of ENTRY->TYPE. */
18540 struct varpool_node
*node
= varpool_get_node (entry
->var_decl
);
18541 if (node
&& node
->needed
)
18543 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18544 /* Keep the parent DIEs as well. */
18545 while ((die
= die
->die_parent
) && die
->die_perennial_p
== 0)
18546 die
->die_perennial_p
= 1;
18552 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
18555 premark_used_types (void)
18557 if (cfun
&& cfun
->used_types_hash
)
18558 htab_traverse (cfun
->used_types_hash
, premark_used_types_helper
, NULL
);
18561 /* Mark all members of types_used_by_vars_entry as perennial. */
18564 premark_types_used_by_global_vars (void)
18566 if (types_used_by_vars_hash
)
18567 htab_traverse (types_used_by_vars_hash
,
18568 premark_types_used_by_global_vars_helper
, NULL
);
18571 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
18575 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
18577 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
18578 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
18579 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
18582 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
18583 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
18584 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
18586 premark_used_types ();
18588 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
18589 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
18590 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
18591 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
18592 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
18594 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
18595 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
18598 gcc_assert (!old_die
);
18601 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
18602 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
18603 if (!declaration
&& !origin
&& !old_die
18604 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
18605 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
18606 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18607 old_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
18609 if (origin
!= NULL
)
18611 gcc_assert (!declaration
|| local_scope_p (context_die
));
18613 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
18614 inline function. */
18615 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
18616 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
18618 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
18619 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
18623 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
18624 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
18626 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
18627 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
18628 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
18629 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
18630 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18632 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
18633 something we have already output. */
18637 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
18638 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
18639 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
18640 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
18641 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
18642 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
18643 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
18644 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
18645 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
18646 || (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
18647 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
18648 == (unsigned) s
.line
))))
18650 subr_die
= old_die
;
18652 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
18653 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
18654 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
18655 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
18656 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
18657 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
18658 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
);
18659 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
18663 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
18664 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
18665 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
18666 add_AT_file (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
18667 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
18668 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
18673 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
18675 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
18676 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
18678 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
18679 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18681 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18682 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
18683 0, 0, context_die
);
18686 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18687 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
18688 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18690 add_accessibility_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18695 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18697 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
18699 /* If this is an explicit function declaration then generate
18700 a DW_AT_explicit attribute. */
18701 if (lang_hooks
.decls
.function_decl_explicit_p (decl
)
18702 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18703 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_explicit
, 1);
18705 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
18706 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
18707 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
18708 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
18710 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
18711 later reused to represent definition. */
18712 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18715 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
18717 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
18719 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
18720 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
18722 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
18726 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
18727 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
18729 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
18732 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
)
18733 && lookup_attribute ("artificial", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
18734 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
18736 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18738 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
18740 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset
;
18742 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
18743 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18745 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
18747 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
18748 current_function_funcdef_no
);
18749 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
18750 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
18751 current_function_funcdef_no
);
18752 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
18754 #if VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18755 /* HP OpenVMS Industry Standard 64: DWARF Extensions
18756 Section 2.3 Prologue and Epilogue Attributes:
18757 When a breakpoint is set on entry to a function, it is generally
18758 desirable for execution to be suspended, not on the very first
18759 instruction of the function, but rather at a point after the
18760 function's frame has been set up, after any language defined local
18761 declaration processing has been completed, and before execution of
18762 the first statement of the function begins. Debuggers generally
18763 cannot properly determine where this point is. Similarly for a
18764 breakpoint set on exit from a function. The prologue and epilogue
18765 attributes allow a compiler to communicate the location(s) to use. */
18768 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[current_funcdef_fde
];
18770 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
)
18771 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_prologue
,
18772 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_end_prologue
);
18774 if (fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
)
18775 add_AT_vms_delta (subr_die
, DW_AT_HP_epilogue
,
18776 fde
->dw_fde_begin
, fde
->dw_fde_vms_begin_epilogue
);
18780 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
18781 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
18784 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
18785 hot section and one for cold section, then use the hot/cold
18786 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
18788 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
18789 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
18790 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
18791 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
18793 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
18794 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18795 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
18799 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
18800 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
18801 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
18804 cfa_fb_offset
= CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl
);
18806 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
18807 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
18808 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
18809 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
18810 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
18811 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
18812 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
18814 if (dwarf_version
>= 3)
18816 dw_loc_descr_ref op
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_call_frame_cfa
, 0, 0);
18817 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, op
);
18821 dw_loc_list_ref list
= convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset
);
18822 if (list
->dw_loc_next
)
18823 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
);
18825 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, list
->expr
);
18828 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
18829 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
18830 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
18831 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
18832 by this displacement. */
18833 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset
);
18835 if (cfun
->static_chain_decl
)
18836 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
18837 loc_list_from_tree (cfun
->static_chain_decl
, 2));
18840 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
18841 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18842 gen_generic_params_dies (decl
);
18844 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
18845 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
18846 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
18847 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
18848 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
18849 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
18850 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
18851 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
18852 an ellipsis at the end. */
18854 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
18855 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
18856 its formal parameters. */
18857 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
18859 else if (declaration
)
18860 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18863 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
18864 tree parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
18865 tree generic_decl
= lang_hooks
.decls
.get_generic_function_decl (decl
);
18866 tree generic_decl_parm
= generic_decl
18867 ? DECL_ARGUMENTS (generic_decl
)
18870 /* Now we want to walk the list of parameters of the function and
18871 emit their relevant DIEs.
18873 We consider the case of DECL being an instance of a generic function
18874 as well as it being a normal function.
18876 If DECL is an instance of a generic function we walk the
18877 parameters of the generic function declaration _and_ the parameters of
18878 DECL itself. This is useful because we want to emit specific DIEs for
18879 function parameter packs and those are declared as part of the
18880 generic function declaration. In that particular case,
18881 the parameter pack yields a DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE.
18882 That DIE has children DIEs representing the set of arguments
18883 of the pack. Note that the set of pack arguments can be empty.
18884 In that case, the DW_TAG_GNU_formal_parameter_pack DIE will not have any
18887 Otherwise, we just consider the parameters of DECL. */
18888 while (generic_decl_parm
|| parm
)
18890 if (generic_decl_parm
18891 && lang_hooks
.function_parameter_pack_p (generic_decl_parm
))
18892 gen_formal_parameter_pack_die (generic_decl_parm
,
18897 dw_die_ref parm_die
= gen_decl_die (parm
, NULL
, subr_die
);
18899 if (parm
== DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
)
18900 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == METHOD_TYPE
18902 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
18903 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_object_pointer
, parm_die
);
18905 parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
);
18908 if (generic_decl_parm
)
18909 generic_decl_parm
= DECL_CHAIN (generic_decl_parm
);
18912 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
18913 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
18914 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
18915 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
18916 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
18917 parameters at all. */
18918 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
18919 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
18921 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
18922 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
18923 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18925 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
18926 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
18929 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
18930 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
18931 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
18933 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
18934 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
18935 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
18936 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
18937 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
18938 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
18939 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
18941 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
18942 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
18943 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
18944 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
18945 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
18946 constructor function. */
18947 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
18949 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
18950 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl
)))
18951 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl
), NULL
, subr_die
);
18953 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
18954 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
18956 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
18957 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
18959 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18960 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
18962 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
18963 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
18968 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
18969 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
18973 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
18976 common_block_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
18978 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18979 return (hashval_t
) d
->decl_id
^ htab_hash_pointer (d
->die_parent
);
18982 /* Return nonzero if decl_id and die_parent of die_struct X is the same
18983 as decl_id and die_parent of die_struct Y. */
18986 common_block_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
18988 const_dw_die_ref d
= (const_dw_die_ref
) x
;
18989 const_dw_die_ref e
= (const_dw_die_ref
) y
;
18990 return d
->decl_id
== e
->decl_id
&& d
->die_parent
== e
->die_parent
;
18993 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object.
18994 Either DECL or ORIGIN must be non-null. */
18997 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19001 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
19002 tree ultimate_origin
;
19003 dw_die_ref var_die
;
19004 dw_die_ref old_die
= decl
? lookup_decl_die (decl
) : NULL
;
19005 dw_die_ref origin_die
;
19006 bool declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl_or_origin
)
19007 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
19008 bool specialization_p
= false;
19010 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
19011 if (decl
|| ultimate_origin
)
19012 origin
= ultimate_origin
;
19013 com_decl
= fortran_common (decl_or_origin
, &off
);
19015 /* Symbol in common gets emitted as a child of the common block, in the form
19016 of a data member. */
19019 dw_die_ref com_die
;
19020 dw_loc_list_ref loc
;
19021 die_node com_die_arg
;
19023 var_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
19026 if (get_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
)
19028 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, off
? 1 : 2);
19033 /* Optimize the common case. */
19034 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19035 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19036 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19037 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
)
19039 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19040 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
19042 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19044 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19045 remove_AT (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19051 if (common_block_die_table
== NULL
)
19052 common_block_die_table
19053 = htab_create_ggc (10, common_block_die_table_hash
,
19054 common_block_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
19056 com_die_arg
.decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19057 com_die_arg
.die_parent
= context_die
;
19058 com_die
= (dw_die_ref
) htab_find (common_block_die_table
, &com_die_arg
);
19059 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19060 if (com_die
== NULL
)
19063 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (com_decl
));
19066 com_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_common_block
, context_die
, decl
);
19067 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (com_die
, com_decl
);
19070 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19071 /* Avoid sharing the same loc descriptor between
19072 DW_TAG_common_block and DW_TAG_variable. */
19073 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19075 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19076 add_AT_flag (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19077 add_pubname_string (cnam
, com_die
); /* ??? needed? */
19078 com_die
->decl_id
= DECL_UID (com_decl
);
19079 slot
= htab_find_slot (common_block_die_table
, com_die
, INSERT
);
19080 *slot
= (void *) com_die
;
19082 else if (get_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
&& loc
)
19084 add_AT_location_description (com_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19085 loc
= loc_list_from_tree (com_decl
, 2);
19086 remove_AT (com_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19088 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, com_die
, decl
);
19089 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19090 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
19091 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
19092 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19097 /* Optimize the common case. */
19098 if (single_element_loc_list_p (loc
)
19099 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
19100 && loc
->expr
->dw_loc_next
== NULL
19101 && GET_CODE (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
19102 loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
19103 = plus_constant (loc
->expr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, off
);
19105 loc_list_plus_const (loc
, off
);
19107 add_AT_location_description (var_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
19109 else if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
19110 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19111 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19115 /* If the compiler emitted a definition for the DECL declaration
19116 and if we already emitted a DIE for it, don't emit a second
19117 DIE for it again. Allow re-declarations of DECLs that are
19118 inside functions, though. */
19119 if (old_die
&& declaration
&& !local_scope_p (context_die
))
19122 /* For static data members, the declaration in the class is supposed
19123 to have DW_TAG_member tag; the specification should still be
19124 DW_TAG_variable referencing the DW_TAG_member DIE. */
19125 if (declaration
&& class_scope_p (context_die
))
19126 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
19128 var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
19131 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19132 origin_die
= add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
19134 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
19135 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
19137 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
19138 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
19141 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
19143 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
19144 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
19145 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
19147 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
) && ! declaration
19148 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
19150 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
19151 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
19152 specialization_p
= true;
19153 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
19155 expanded_location s
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
19156 struct dwarf_file_data
* file_index
= lookup_filename (s
.file
);
19158 if (get_AT_file (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
19159 add_AT_file (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
19161 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
) != (unsigned) s
.line
)
19162 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, s
.line
);
19164 if (old_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_member
)
19165 add_linkage_name (var_die
, decl
);
19169 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
19171 if ((origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19173 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
19174 && variably_modified_type_p (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
),
19175 decl_function_context
19176 (decl_or_origin
))))
19178 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
);
19180 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
19181 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19183 add_type_attribute (var_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl_or_origin
),
19184 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
19187 if (origin
== NULL
&& !specialization_p
)
19189 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19190 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19192 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19193 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19195 add_accessibility_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
19199 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19201 if (decl
&& (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
))
19202 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
19205 && (! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl_or_origin
)
19206 /* Local static vars are shared between all clones/inlines,
19207 so emit DW_AT_location on the abstract DIE if DECL_RTL is
19209 || (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
19210 && TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19211 && DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl_or_origin
)))
19212 /* When abstract origin already has DW_AT_location attribute, no need
19213 to add it again. */
19214 && (origin_die
== NULL
|| get_AT (origin_die
, DW_AT_location
) == NULL
))
19216 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == VAR_DECL
&& TREE_STATIC (decl_or_origin
)
19217 && !TREE_SYMBOL_REFERENCED (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl_or_origin
)))
19218 defer_location (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19220 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
,
19223 add_pubname (decl_or_origin
, var_die
);
19226 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (var_die
, decl_or_origin
);
19229 /* Generate a DIE to represent a named constant. */
19232 gen_const_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19234 dw_die_ref const_die
;
19235 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19237 const_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_constant
, context_die
, decl
);
19238 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (const_die
, decl
);
19239 add_type_attribute (const_die
, type
, 1, 0, context_die
);
19240 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
19241 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
19242 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19243 add_AT_flag (const_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19244 tree_add_const_value_attribute_for_decl (const_die
, decl
);
19247 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
19250 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19252 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19253 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
19255 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19257 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19258 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
19260 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
19262 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19263 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
19266 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
19268 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
19269 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
19270 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
19274 && NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
19276 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
19277 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
19278 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
19279 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
19280 it if it ever does happen. */
19281 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn
));
19283 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
19284 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
19289 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
19290 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
19291 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
19294 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19296 expanded_location s
= expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt
));
19298 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19300 add_AT_file (die
, DW_AT_call_file
, lookup_filename (s
.file
));
19301 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_call_line
, s
.line
);
19306 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
19307 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
19310 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref die
)
19312 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
19314 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
)
19315 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19319 if (inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
))
19321 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19322 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19323 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, label
);
19326 add_AT_range_list (die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
19328 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
19331 add_ranges (chain
);
19332 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
19339 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
19340 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19341 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
19342 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
19343 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
19344 add_AT_lbl_id (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
19348 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
19351 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19353 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
19355 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
) && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
19356 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, stmt_die
);
19358 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
19361 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
19364 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
19368 /* The instance of function that is effectively being inlined shall not
19370 gcc_assert (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
));
19372 decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
19374 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
19375 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
19376 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
19377 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
19378 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
19380 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
19382 dw_die_ref subr_die
19383 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
19385 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
19386 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
))
19387 add_high_low_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
19388 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt
, subr_die
);
19390 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
19391 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
19395 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
19398 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19400 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
19402 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
19405 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
19406 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
19407 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
19408 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
19411 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
19413 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19414 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19415 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19418 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
19419 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19421 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
19422 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
19424 add_accessibility_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
19426 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
19427 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
19431 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19432 Use modified_type_die instead.
19433 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19434 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19437 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19440 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
19442 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
19443 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19444 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
19447 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
19448 Use modified_type_die instead.
19449 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
19450 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
19453 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19455 dw_die_ref ref_die
, scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
19457 if (TYPE_REF_IS_RVALUE (type
) && dwarf_version
>= 4)
19458 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
19460 ref_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die
, type
);
19462 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
19463 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19464 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
19468 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
19471 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19474 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
19475 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
19477 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
19478 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
19479 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
19480 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19483 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
19486 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
19489 char producer
[250];
19490 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
19493 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
19497 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
19498 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
19499 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
) && filename
[0] != '<')
19500 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
19503 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
19505 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
19506 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
19507 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
19508 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
19509 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
19510 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
19511 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
19512 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
19513 strcat (producer
, " -g");
19516 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
19518 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
19519 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
19520 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
19521 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
19522 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
19523 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
19524 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
19525 else if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
19527 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
19528 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
19529 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Fortran") == 0)
19530 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran95
;
19531 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
19532 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
19533 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
19534 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC
;
19535 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
19536 language
= DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus
;
19539 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
19543 case DW_LANG_Fortran77
:
19544 case DW_LANG_Fortran90
:
19545 case DW_LANG_Fortran95
:
19546 /* Fortran has case insensitive identifiers and the front-end
19547 lowercases everything. */
19548 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_identifier_case
, DW_ID_down_case
);
19551 /* The default DW_ID_case_sensitive doesn't need to be specified. */
19557 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
19560 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19562 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
19564 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
19565 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
19567 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo
))
19568 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
19570 if (access
== access_public_node
)
19571 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
19572 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
19573 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
19576 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
19579 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19582 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
19585 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
19586 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
19587 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
19588 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
19589 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
19590 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
19591 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
19592 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
19593 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
19594 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
19595 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
19597 /* First output info about the base classes. */
19600 VEC(tree
,gc
) *accesses
= BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo
);
19604 for (i
= 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo
, i
, base
); i
++)
19605 gen_inheritance_die (base
,
19606 (accesses
? VEC_index (tree
, accesses
, i
)
19607 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
19610 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
19611 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
19613 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
19614 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
19615 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
19616 do put them in the right order. */
19618 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
19620 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
19622 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
19625 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
19626 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= DECL_CHAIN (member
))
19628 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
19629 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
19632 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
19634 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
19636 gen_decl_die (member
, NULL
, context_die
);
19640 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
19641 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
19642 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
19645 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
19646 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
19648 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
19649 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
19651 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
19652 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
19653 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
19654 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
19655 complete
= complete
&& should_emit_struct_debug (type
, usage
);
19657 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
19660 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
19661 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19662 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
19665 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
19667 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
19668 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
19670 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
19672 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
19673 ? record_type_tag (type
) : DW_TAG_union_type
,
19675 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
19677 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
19679 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
19682 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
19684 /* Generate child dies for template paramaters. */
19685 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
19686 && COMPLETE_TYPE_P (type
))
19687 gen_generic_params_dies (type
);
19689 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
19690 then give a list of members. */
19691 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
19693 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
19694 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
19695 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19696 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
19697 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
19699 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
19700 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
19703 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
19704 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
19705 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
19706 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
19708 push_decl_scope (type
);
19709 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
19712 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
19713 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
19715 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
19717 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
19718 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
19719 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
19724 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
19726 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
19727 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
19728 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
19729 VEC_safe_push (tree
, gc
, incomplete_types
, type
);
19732 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
19733 add_pubtype (type
, type_die
);
19736 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
19739 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19741 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
19742 dw_die_ref subr_die
19743 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
19744 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
19746 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
19747 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
19748 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
19749 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
19751 if (get_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_name
))
19752 add_pubtype (type
, subr_die
);
19755 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
19758 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
19760 dw_die_ref type_die
;
19763 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
19766 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
19767 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
19768 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
19769 if (origin
!= NULL
)
19770 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
19775 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
19776 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
19778 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
19780 gcc_assert (type
!= TREE_TYPE (decl
));
19781 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
19785 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
19787 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
19789 Here, we are in the case of decl being a typedef naming
19790 an anonymous type, e.g:
19791 typedef struct {...} foo;
19792 In that case TREE_TYPE (decl) is not a typedef variant
19793 type and TYPE_NAME of the anonymous type is set to the
19794 TYPE_DECL of the typedef. This construct is emitted by
19797 TYPE is the anonymous struct named by the typedef
19798 DECL. As we need the DW_AT_type attribute of the
19799 DW_TAG_typedef to point to the DIE of TYPE, let's
19800 generate that DIE right away. add_type_attribute
19801 called below will then pick (via lookup_type_die) that
19802 anonymous struct DIE. */
19803 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19806 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
19807 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
19809 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (decl
))
19810 /* We want that all subsequent calls to lookup_type_die with
19811 TYPE in argument yield the DW_TAG_typedef we have just
19813 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
19815 add_accessibility_attribute (type_die
, decl
);
19818 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
19819 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
19821 if (get_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_name
))
19822 add_pubtype (decl
, type_die
);
19825 /* Generate a DIE for a struct, class, enum or union type. */
19828 gen_tagged_type_die (tree type
,
19829 dw_die_ref context_die
,
19830 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
19834 if (type
== NULL_TREE
19835 || !is_tagged_type (type
))
19838 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
19839 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
19840 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
19841 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
19842 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
19843 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
19844 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
19845 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
19846 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
19848 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
, usage
);
19850 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19853 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
19854 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19855 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19858 else if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
19859 && (TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
19861 /* If this type is local to a function that hasn't been written
19862 out yet, use a NULL context for now; it will be fixed up in
19863 decls_for_scope. */
19864 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
19869 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
19873 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
19875 /* This might have been written out by the call to
19876 declare_in_namespace. */
19877 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19878 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19881 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
19886 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
19887 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
19888 when appropriate. */
19891 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
19894 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
,
19895 enum debug_info_usage usage
)
19897 struct array_descr_info info
;
19899 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
19902 /* If TYPE is a typedef type variant, let's generate debug info
19903 for the parent typedef which TYPE is a type of. */
19904 if (typedef_variant_p (type
))
19906 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19909 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
19910 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) != type
);
19912 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19913 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19914 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
19915 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19916 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
19918 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19920 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
19924 /* If type is an anonymous tagged type named by a typedef, let's
19925 generate debug info for the typedef. */
19926 if (is_naming_typedef_decl (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
19928 /* Use the DIE of the containing namespace as the parent DIE of
19929 the type description DIE we want to generate. */
19930 if (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))
19931 && TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
))) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
19932 context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (TYPE_NAME (type
)));
19934 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), NULL
, context_die
);
19938 /* If this is an array type with hidden descriptor, handle it first. */
19939 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
)
19940 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info
19941 && lang_hooks
.types
.get_array_descr_info (type
, &info
)
19942 && (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
19944 gen_descr_array_type_die (type
, &info
, context_die
);
19945 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19949 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
19950 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
19951 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
19952 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
19953 cloned type itself). */
19954 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
19955 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
19957 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
19960 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
19966 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
19967 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
19968 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
19969 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
19970 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
19972 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
19974 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
19975 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
19976 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19977 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19981 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
19982 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
19983 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
,
19984 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19986 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
19987 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19988 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE
);
19990 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
19992 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
19995 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
19996 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
19997 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
19998 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
19999 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20003 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
20004 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
,
20005 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20006 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20010 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20014 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
20017 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
20020 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
20021 gen_tagged_type_die (type
, context_die
, usage
);
20027 case FIXED_POINT_TYPE
:
20030 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
20034 /* Just use DW_TAG_unspecified_type. */
20036 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20037 if (type_die
== NULL
)
20039 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
20040 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
20041 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
20042 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
20043 add_name_attribute (type_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
20044 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
20050 gcc_unreachable ();
20053 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
20057 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20059 gen_type_die_with_usage (type
, context_die
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
);
20062 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
20063 things which are local to the given block. */
20066 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20068 int must_output_die
= 0;
20071 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
20072 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20075 inlined_func
= inlined_function_outer_scope_p (stmt
);
20077 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
20078 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
20079 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
20080 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
20084 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
20085 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
20090 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
20093 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
20094 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
20095 must_output_die
= 1;
20098 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
20099 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
20100 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20101 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
20102 as being a "significant" one. */
20103 must_output_die
= ((BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
20104 || BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
))
20105 && (TREE_USED (stmt
)
20106 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20107 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)));
20108 else if ((TREE_USED (stmt
)
20109 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
)
20110 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20111 && !dwarf2out_ignore_block (stmt
))
20112 must_output_die
= 1;
20115 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
20116 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
20117 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
20118 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
20119 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
20120 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
20121 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
20122 if (must_output_die
)
20126 /* If STMT block is abstract, that means we have been called
20127 indirectly from dwarf2out_abstract_function.
20128 That function rightfully marks the descendent blocks (of
20129 the abstract function it is dealing with) as being abstract,
20130 precisely to prevent us from emitting any
20131 DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE as a descendent
20132 of an abstract function instance. So in that case, we should
20133 not call gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
20135 Later though, when cgraph asks dwarf2out to emit info
20136 for the concrete instance of the function decl into which
20137 the concrete instance of STMT got inlined, the later will lead
20138 to the generation of a DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIE. */
20139 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
20140 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20143 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20146 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
20149 /* Process variable DECL (or variable with origin ORIGIN) within
20150 block STMT and add it to CONTEXT_DIE. */
20152 process_scope_var (tree stmt
, tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20155 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
20157 if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
20158 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl_or_origin
);
20159 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == TYPE_DECL
20160 && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl_or_origin
))
20161 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
));
20165 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
20166 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
20167 else if (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
20168 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl_or_origin
, DECL_NAME (decl_or_origin
),
20169 stmt
, context_die
);
20171 gen_decl_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
20174 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
20175 all of its sub-blocks. */
20178 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
20184 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
20185 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
)
20188 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
20189 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
20190 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
20191 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
20192 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
20193 process_scope_var (stmt
, decl
, NULL_TREE
, context_die
);
20194 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (stmt
); i
++)
20195 process_scope_var (stmt
, NULL
, BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (stmt
, i
),
20198 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
20199 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20202 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
20203 therein) of this block. */
20204 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
20206 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
20207 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
20210 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
20213 is_redundant_typedef (const_tree decl
)
20215 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
20218 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
20219 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
20220 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
20221 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
20222 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
20223 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
20229 /* Return TRUE if TYPE is a typedef that names a type for linkage
20230 purposes. This kind of typedefs is produced by the C++ FE for
20233 typedef struct {...} foo;
20235 In that case, there is no typedef variant type produced for foo.
20236 Rather, the TREE_TYPE of the TYPE_DECL of foo is the anonymous
20240 is_naming_typedef_decl (const_tree decl
)
20242 if (decl
== NULL_TREE
20243 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != TYPE_DECL
20244 || !is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
20245 || DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
)
20246 || is_redundant_typedef (decl
)
20247 /* It looks like Ada produces TYPE_DECLs that are very similar
20248 to C++ naming typedefs but that have different
20249 semantics. Let's be specific to c++ for now. */
20253 return (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
) == NULL_TREE
20254 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == decl
20255 && (TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl
))
20256 != TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
20259 /* Returns the DIE for a context. */
20261 static inline dw_die_ref
20262 get_context_die (tree context
)
20266 /* Find die that represents this context. */
20267 if (TYPE_P (context
))
20268 return force_type_die (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (context
));
20270 return force_decl_die (context
);
20272 return comp_unit_die
;
20275 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
20278 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
20280 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
20281 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
20282 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
20283 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20286 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
20288 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20292 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
20294 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
20295 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
20296 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
20297 declaration die. */
20298 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
20299 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
20300 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
20301 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
20305 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
20306 gen_decl_die() call. */
20307 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
20308 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
20309 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
20310 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
20313 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
20314 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
20315 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
20317 /* DWARF2 has neither DW_TAG_module, nor DW_TAG_namespace. */
20318 decl_die
= comp_unit_die
;
20322 gcc_unreachable ();
20325 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
20327 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20328 gcc_assert (decl_die
);
20334 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
20335 always returned. */
20338 force_type_die (tree type
)
20340 dw_die_ref type_die
;
20342 type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
20345 dw_die_ref context_die
= get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
20347 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
, TYPE_READONLY (type
),
20348 TYPE_VOLATILE (type
), context_die
);
20349 gcc_assert (type_die
);
20354 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
20355 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
20358 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20360 tree context
= (DECL_P (thing
)
20361 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
));
20362 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20363 /* Force out the namespace. */
20364 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
20366 return context_die
;
20369 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
20370 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
20372 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
20373 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
20376 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20378 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
20380 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20381 return context_die
;
20383 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
20384 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
20385 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
20386 if (DECL_P (thing
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing
))
20387 return context_die
;
20389 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
20391 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
20395 if (DECL_P (thing
))
20396 gen_decl_die (thing
, NULL
, ns_context
);
20398 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
20400 return context_die
;
20403 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
20406 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20408 dw_die_ref namespace_die
;
20410 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
20411 they are an alias of. */
20412 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
20414 /* Output a real namespace or module. */
20415 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
20416 namespace_die
= new_die (is_fortran ()
20417 ? DW_TAG_module
: DW_TAG_namespace
,
20418 context_die
, decl
);
20419 /* For Fortran modules defined in different CU don't add src coords. */
20420 if (namespace_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_module
&& DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
20422 const char *name
= dwarf2_name (decl
, 0);
20424 add_name_attribute (namespace_die
, name
);
20427 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
20428 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
20429 add_AT_flag (namespace_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
20430 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
20434 /* Output a namespace alias. */
20436 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
20437 dw_die_ref origin_die
20438 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
20440 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
20441 || TREE_CODE (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20442 context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
20443 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
20444 namespace_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
20445 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
20446 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
20447 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
20451 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL.
20452 The return value is currently only meaningful for PARM_DECLs,
20453 for all other decls it returns NULL. */
20456 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, tree origin
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
20458 tree decl_or_origin
= decl
? decl
: origin
;
20459 tree class_origin
= NULL
, ultimate_origin
;
20461 if (DECL_P (decl_or_origin
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl_or_origin
))
20464 switch (TREE_CODE (decl_or_origin
))
20470 if (!is_fortran ())
20472 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
20473 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
20477 /* Emit its type. */
20478 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
20480 /* And its containing namespace. */
20481 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
20483 gen_const_die (decl
, context_die
);
20486 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
20487 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
20488 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
20489 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
20490 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl_or_origin
) == NULL_TREE
20491 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
20492 || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl_or_origin
)))
20497 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
20498 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
20499 if (current_function_decl
!= decl
)
20500 /* This is only a declaration. */;
20503 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
20504 if (origin
|| DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
20505 dwarf2out_abstract_function (origin
20506 ? DECL_ORIGIN (origin
)
20507 : DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
20509 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
20510 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
20511 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
20512 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
20513 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
20514 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
20515 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
20516 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
20517 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
20519 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
20520 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
20523 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
20524 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20526 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
20527 have described its return type. */
20528 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
20530 /* And its virtual context. */
20531 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
20532 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
20534 /* And its containing type. */
20536 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
20537 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
20538 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
20540 /* And its containing namespace. */
20541 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
20544 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
20546 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
20550 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20551 actual typedefs. */
20552 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20555 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
20556 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
20557 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
20558 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
20559 used to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
20560 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. But nothing
20561 should be actually referencing those DIEs, as variable DIEs with that
20562 type would be emitted already in the abstract origin, so it was always
20563 removed during unused type prunning. Don't add anything in this
20565 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
20568 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
20569 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
20571 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
20572 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
20576 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
20577 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
20582 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20583 variable declarations or definitions. */
20584 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20587 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
20589 if (decl_by_reference_p (decl_or_origin
))
20590 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
20592 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
20594 /* And its containing type. */
20595 class_origin
= decl_class_context (decl_or_origin
);
20596 if (class_origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
20597 gen_type_die_for_member (class_origin
, decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
20599 /* And its containing namespace. */
20600 context_die
= declare_in_namespace (decl_or_origin
, context_die
);
20602 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
20603 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
20604 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
20606 ultimate_origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl_or_origin
);
20607 if (ultimate_origin
!= NULL_TREE
20608 && TREE_CODE (ultimate_origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
20609 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
20610 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20613 gen_variable_die (decl
, origin
, context_die
);
20617 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
20618 anonymous unions and structs. */
20619 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
20620 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
20621 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == RECORD_TYPE
)
20623 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
20624 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
20629 if (DECL_BY_REFERENCE (decl_or_origin
))
20630 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
)), context_die
);
20632 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl_or_origin
), context_die
);
20633 return gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, origin
,
20634 true /* Emit name attribute. */,
20637 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
20638 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
20639 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
20640 gen_namespace_die (decl
, context_die
);
20644 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
20645 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
);
20652 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
20653 compilation proper has finished. */
20656 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
20658 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
20659 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
20660 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations
20661 and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
20662 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
20663 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
20666 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
20667 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
20669 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl
, int local
)
20672 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
20675 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20676 NAME is non-NULL name in the lexical block if the decl has been renamed.
20677 LEXICAL_BLOCK is the lexical block (which TREE_CODE is a BLOCK)
20678 that DECL belongs to.
20679 LEXICAL_BLOCK_DIE is the DIE of LEXICAL_BLOCK. */
20681 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (tree decl
,
20683 tree lexical_block
,
20684 dw_die_ref lexical_block_die
)
20686 expanded_location xloc
;
20687 dw_die_ref imported_die
= NULL
;
20688 dw_die_ref at_import_die
;
20690 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == IMPORTED_DECL
)
20692 xloc
= expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl
));
20693 decl
= IMPORTED_DECL_ASSOCIATED_DECL (decl
);
20697 xloc
= expand_location (input_location
);
20699 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == CONST_DECL
)
20701 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
20702 /* For namespace N { typedef void T; } using N::T; base_type_die
20703 returns NULL, but DW_TAG_imported_declaration requires
20704 the DW_AT_import tag. Force creation of DW_TAG_typedef. */
20705 if (!at_import_die
)
20707 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
);
20708 gen_typedef_die (decl
, get_context_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)));
20709 at_import_die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
20710 gcc_assert (at_import_die
);
20715 at_import_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
20716 if (!at_import_die
)
20718 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
20719 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
20720 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FIELD_DECL
)
20722 tree type
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
20724 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
20725 && TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
20726 && !should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
),
20727 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
20729 gen_type_die_for_member (type
, decl
,
20730 get_context_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)));
20732 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
20736 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
20738 if (dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
)
20739 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
,
20746 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
,
20750 add_AT_file (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, lookup_filename (xloc
.file
));
20751 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, xloc
.line
);
20753 add_AT_string (imported_die
, DW_AT_name
,
20754 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
20755 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
20758 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl DECL.
20759 NAME is non-NULL name in context if the decl has been renamed.
20760 CHILD is true if decl is one of the renamed decls as part of
20761 importing whole module. */
20764 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree name
, tree context
,
20767 /* dw_die_ref at_import_die; */
20768 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
20770 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20775 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
20776 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
20779 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
20780 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
20782 && TYPE_P (context
)
20783 && !should_emit_struct_debug (context
, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE
))
20786 if (!(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
20789 scope_die
= get_context_die (context
);
20793 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
);
20794 gcc_assert (scope_die
->die_child
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_imported_module
);
20795 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) != NAMESPACE_DECL
);
20796 scope_die
= scope_die
->die_child
;
20799 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
20800 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl_1 (decl
, name
, context
, scope_die
);
20804 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20807 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
20809 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
20811 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
20816 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
20817 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
20818 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
20819 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
20820 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
20821 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
20822 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
20823 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
20824 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
20825 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
20826 with the definition of the function.
20828 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
20829 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
20830 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
20831 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
20832 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
20833 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
20834 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
20835 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
20836 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
20837 that they *are* definitions).
20839 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
20840 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
20841 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
20842 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
20843 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
20844 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
20847 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
20848 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
20849 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
20850 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
20851 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
20852 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20853 context_die
= NULL
;
20857 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
20858 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
20859 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
20860 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
20861 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
20862 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
20863 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
20864 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
20865 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
20868 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
20869 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
20870 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
20872 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
20873 variable declarations or definitions. */
20874 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20879 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20881 if (!is_fortran ())
20883 if (TREE_STATIC (decl
) && decl_function_context (decl
))
20884 context_die
= lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
));
20887 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
20888 case IMPORTED_DECL
:
20889 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20891 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
20896 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
20897 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
20900 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
20901 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
20902 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl
))
20904 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
20905 comparisons have. */
20907 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
20908 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
20909 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
20914 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
20915 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
20918 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
20919 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
20920 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
20921 context_die
= NULL
;
20929 gen_decl_die (decl
, NULL
, context_die
);
20932 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
20935 dwarf2out_function_decl (tree decl
)
20937 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
20939 htab_empty (decl_loc_table
);
20942 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
20943 a lexical block. */
20946 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
20947 unsigned int blocknum
)
20949 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20950 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
20953 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
20957 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
20959 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
20960 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
20963 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
20964 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
20966 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
20967 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
20968 we may end up calling them anyway. */
20971 dwarf2out_ignore_block (const_tree block
)
20976 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= DECL_CHAIN (decl
))
20977 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
20978 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
20980 for (i
= 0; i
< BLOCK_NUM_NONLOCALIZED_VARS (block
); i
++)
20982 decl
= BLOCK_NONLOCALIZED_VAR (block
, i
);
20983 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
20984 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
20991 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
20994 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p
, const void *p2_p
)
20996 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p1
=
20997 (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p1_p
;
20998 const char *const p2
= (const char *) p2_p
;
20999 return strcmp (p1
->filename
, p2
) == 0;
21003 file_table_hash (const void *p_p
)
21005 const struct dwarf_file_data
*const p
= (const struct dwarf_file_data
*) p_p
;
21006 return htab_hash_string (p
->filename
);
21009 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
21010 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
21011 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
21012 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
21013 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
21014 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
21015 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
21016 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
21017 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
21020 static struct dwarf_file_data
*
21021 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
21024 struct dwarf_file_data
* created
;
21026 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
21027 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
21028 if (file_table_last_lookup
21029 && (file_name
== file_table_last_lookup
->filename
21030 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup
->filename
, file_name
) == 0))
21031 return file_table_last_lookup
;
21033 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
21034 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table
, file_name
,
21035 htab_hash_string (file_name
), INSERT
);
21037 return (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
21039 created
= ggc_alloc_dwarf_file_data ();
21040 created
->filename
= file_name
;
21041 created
->emitted_number
= 0;
21046 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
21047 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
21048 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
21049 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
21050 types, which may include filenames. */
21053 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data
* fd
)
21055 if (! fd
->emitted_number
)
21057 if (last_emitted_file
)
21058 fd
->emitted_number
= last_emitted_file
->emitted_number
+ 1;
21060 fd
->emitted_number
= 1;
21061 last_emitted_file
= fd
;
21063 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21065 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ", fd
->emitted_number
);
21066 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
21067 remap_debug_filename (fd
->filename
));
21068 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
21072 return fd
->emitted_number
;
21075 /* Schedule generation of a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIE.
21076 That generation should happen after function debug info has been
21077 generated. The value of the attribute is the constant value of ARG. */
21080 append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table (dw_die_ref die
, tree arg
)
21082 die_arg_entry entry
;
21087 if (!tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21088 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
21089 = VEC_alloc (die_arg_entry
, gc
, 32);
21093 VEC_safe_push (die_arg_entry
, gc
,
21094 tmpl_value_parm_die_table
,
21098 /* Add a DW_AT_const_value attribute to DIEs that were scheduled
21099 by append_entry_to_tmpl_value_parm_die_table. This function must
21100 be called after function DIEs have been generated. */
21103 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute (void)
21105 if (tmpl_value_parm_die_table
)
21111 VEC_iterate (die_arg_entry
, tmpl_value_parm_die_table
, i
, e
);
21113 tree_add_const_value_attribute (e
->die
, e
->arg
);
21118 /* Replace DW_AT_name for the decl with name. */
21121 dwarf2out_set_name (tree decl
, tree name
)
21127 die
= TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (decl
);
21131 dname
= dwarf2_name (name
, 0);
21135 attr
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_name
);
21138 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
21140 node
= find_AT_string (dname
);
21141 /* replace the string. */
21142 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
21146 add_name_attribute (die
, dname
);
21149 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a direct function call.
21150 Make an entry into the direct call table, recording the point of call
21151 and a reference to the target function's debug entry. */
21154 dwarf2out_direct_call (tree targ
)
21157 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (targ
);
21159 /* If this is a clone, use the abstract origin as the target. */
21163 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
21164 e
.poc_decl
= current_function_decl
;
21165 e
.targ_die
= force_decl_die (targ
);
21166 VEC_safe_push (dcall_entry
, gc
, dcall_table
, &e
);
21168 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
21169 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
21172 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a struct vcall_insn). */
21175 vcall_insn_table_hash (const void *x
)
21177 return (hashval_t
) ((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
;
21180 /* Return nonzero if insn_uid of struct vcall_insn *X is the same as
21181 insnd_uid of *Y. */
21184 vcall_insn_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
21186 return (((const struct vcall_insn
*) x
)->insn_uid
21187 == ((const struct vcall_insn
*) y
)->insn_uid
);
21190 /* Associate VTABLE_SLOT with INSN_UID in the VCALL_INSN_TABLE. */
21193 store_vcall_insn (unsigned int vtable_slot
, int insn_uid
)
21195 struct vcall_insn
*item
= ggc_alloc_vcall_insn ();
21196 struct vcall_insn
**slot
;
21199 item
->insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
21200 item
->vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
21201 slot
= (struct vcall_insn
**)
21202 htab_find_slot_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
, &item
,
21203 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
, INSERT
);
21207 /* Return the VTABLE_SLOT associated with INSN_UID. */
21209 static unsigned int
21210 lookup_vcall_insn (unsigned int insn_uid
)
21212 struct vcall_insn item
;
21213 struct vcall_insn
*p
;
21215 item
.insn_uid
= insn_uid
;
21216 item
.vtable_slot
= 0;
21217 p
= (struct vcall_insn
*) htab_find_with_hash (vcall_insn_table
,
21219 (hashval_t
) insn_uid
);
21221 return (unsigned int) -1;
21222 return p
->vtable_slot
;
21226 /* Called when lowering indirect calls to RTL. We make a note of INSN_UID
21227 and the OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN from ADDR. For C++ virtual calls, the token
21228 is the vtable slot index that we will need to put in the virtual call
21232 dwarf2out_virtual_call_token (tree addr
, int insn_uid
)
21234 if (is_cxx() && TREE_CODE (addr
) == OBJ_TYPE_REF
)
21236 tree token
= OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (addr
);
21237 if (TREE_CODE (token
) == INTEGER_CST
)
21238 store_vcall_insn (TREE_INT_CST_LOW (token
), insn_uid
);
21242 /* Called when scheduling RTL, when a CALL_INSN is split. Copies the
21243 OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN previously associated with OLD_INSN and associates it
21247 dwarf2out_copy_call_info (rtx old_insn
, rtx new_insn
)
21249 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (INSN_UID (old_insn
));
21251 if (vtable_slot
!= (unsigned int) -1)
21252 store_vcall_insn (vtable_slot
, INSN_UID (new_insn
));
21255 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a virtual function call.
21256 Make an entry into the virtual call table, recording the point of call
21257 and the slot index of the vtable entry used to call the virtual member
21258 function. The slot index was associated with the INSN_UID during the
21259 lowering to RTL. */
21262 dwarf2out_virtual_call (int insn_uid
)
21264 unsigned int vtable_slot
= lookup_vcall_insn (insn_uid
);
21267 if (vtable_slot
== (unsigned int) -1)
21270 e
.poc_label_num
= poc_label_num
++;
21271 e
.vtable_slot
= vtable_slot
;
21272 VEC_safe_push (vcall_entry
, gc
, vcall_table
, &e
);
21274 /* Drop a label at the return point to mark the point of call. */
21275 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LPOC", e
.poc_label_num
);
21278 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
21279 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
21280 our lookup table. */
21283 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note
)
21285 char loclabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
+ 2];
21286 struct var_loc_node
*newloc
;
21288 static const char *last_label
;
21289 static const char *last_postcall_label
;
21290 static bool last_in_cold_section_p
;
21293 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
)))
21296 next_real
= next_real_insn (loc_note
);
21297 /* If there are no instructions which would be affected by this note,
21298 don't do anything. */
21299 if (next_real
== NULL_RTX
&& !NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21302 /* If there were any real insns between note we processed last time
21303 and this note (or if it is the first note), clear
21304 last_{,postcall_}label so that they are not reused this time. */
21305 if (last_var_location_insn
== NULL_RTX
21306 || last_var_location_insn
!= next_real
21307 || last_in_cold_section_p
!= in_cold_section_p
)
21310 last_postcall_label
= NULL
;
21313 decl
= NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note
);
21314 newloc
= add_var_loc_to_decl (decl
, loc_note
,
21315 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
)
21316 ? last_postcall_label
: last_label
);
21317 if (newloc
== NULL
)
21320 /* If there were no real insns between note we processed last time
21321 and this note, use the label we emitted last time. Otherwise
21322 create a new label and emit it. */
21323 if (last_label
== NULL
)
21325 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
21326 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, "LVL", loclabel_num
);
21328 last_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
21331 if (!NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (loc_note
))
21332 newloc
->label
= last_label
;
21335 if (!last_postcall_label
)
21337 sprintf (loclabel
, "%s-1", last_label
);
21338 last_postcall_label
= ggc_strdup (loclabel
);
21340 newloc
->label
= last_postcall_label
;
21343 last_var_location_insn
= next_real
;
21344 last_in_cold_section_p
= in_cold_section_p
;
21347 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
21348 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
21349 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
21350 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
21353 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun
)
21355 if (function_section (fun
) != text_section
)
21356 have_multiple_function_sections
= true;
21358 dwarf2out_note_section_used ();
21361 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
21362 and record information relating to this source line, in
21363 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
21366 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
,
21367 int discriminator
, bool is_stmt
)
21369 static bool last_is_stmt
= true;
21371 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
21374 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
21376 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
21378 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
21379 if (flag_debug_asm
)
21380 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
21383 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
21385 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
21386 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0", file_num
, line
);
21387 if (is_stmt
!= last_is_stmt
)
21389 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " is_stmt %d", is_stmt
? 1 : 0);
21390 last_is_stmt
= is_stmt
;
21392 if (SUPPORTS_DISCRIMINATOR
&& discriminator
!= 0)
21393 fprintf (asm_out_file
, " discriminator %d", discriminator
);
21394 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
21396 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
21397 line_info_table_in_use
++;
21399 else if (function_section (current_function_decl
) != text_section
)
21401 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
21402 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
,
21403 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
21404 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
21406 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
21407 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
21408 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
21410 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
21411 separate_line_info_table
21412 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_separate_line_info_entry
,
21413 separate_line_info_table
,
21414 separate_line_info_table_allocated
);
21415 memset (separate_line_info_table
21416 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
21418 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
21419 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
21422 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
21424 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
21425 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
21426 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
21427 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
21431 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
21433 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
21434 line_info_table_in_use
);
21436 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
21437 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
21439 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
21441 = GGC_RESIZEVEC (dw_line_info_entry
, line_info_table
,
21442 line_info_table_allocated
);
21443 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
21444 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
21447 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
21448 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
21449 line_info
->dw_file_num
= file_num
;
21450 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
21455 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
21458 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
21460 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
21462 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
21463 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
21465 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
21466 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
21469 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21471 int file_num
= maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
21473 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
21474 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
21475 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
21478 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num
, "file %s", filename
);
21482 /* Record the end of a source file. */
21485 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21487 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
21488 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
21489 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
21491 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21493 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
21494 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
21498 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21499 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21500 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21503 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
21504 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21506 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21508 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
21509 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
21510 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
21511 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
21515 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
21516 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
21517 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
21520 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
21521 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21523 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21525 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
21526 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
21527 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
21528 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
21532 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
21535 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21537 /* Allocate the file_table. */
21538 file_table
= htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash
,
21539 file_table_eq
, NULL
);
21541 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
21542 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
21543 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
21545 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
21546 decl_loc_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash
,
21547 decl_loc_table_eq
, NULL
);
21549 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
21550 decl_scope_table
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 256);
21552 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
21553 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_die_ref
21554 (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
21555 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
21556 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21557 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
21559 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
21560 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared_vec_dw_line_info_entry
21561 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
);
21562 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
21564 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
21565 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
21567 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
21568 pubname_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
21569 pubtype_table
= VEC_alloc (pubname_entry
, gc
, 32);
21571 /* Allocate the table that maps insn UIDs to vtable slot indexes. */
21572 vcall_insn_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, vcall_insn_table_hash
,
21573 vcall_insn_table_eq
, NULL
);
21575 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
21576 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
21577 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
21578 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
21579 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
21580 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
21581 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
21583 incomplete_types
= VEC_alloc (tree
, gc
, 64);
21585 used_rtx_array
= VEC_alloc (rtx
, gc
, 32);
21587 debug_info_section
= get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
,
21588 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21589 debug_abbrev_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
,
21590 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21591 debug_aranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
,
21592 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21593 debug_macinfo_section
= get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
,
21594 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21595 debug_line_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
,
21596 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21597 debug_loc_section
= get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
,
21598 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21599 debug_pubnames_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
,
21600 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21601 debug_pubtypes_section
= get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
,
21602 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21603 debug_dcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_DCALL_SECTION
,
21604 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21605 debug_vcall_section
= get_section (DEBUG_VCALL_SECTION
,
21606 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21607 debug_str_section
= get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
,
21608 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
, NULL
);
21609 debug_ranges_section
= get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
,
21610 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21611 debug_frame_section
= get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
,
21612 SECTION_DEBUG
, NULL
);
21614 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
21615 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
21616 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21617 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21618 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label
,
21619 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21620 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
21622 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
21623 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21624 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
21625 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21626 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
21627 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21628 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
21629 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
21630 switch_to_section (debug_info_section
);
21631 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
21632 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
21633 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
21635 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
21637 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
21638 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
21639 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
21640 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
21643 switch_to_section (text_section
);
21644 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
21645 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
21647 cold_text_section
= unlikely_text_section ();
21648 switch_to_section (cold_text_section
);
21649 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, cold_text_section_label
);
21654 /* Called before cgraph_optimize starts outputtting functions, variables
21655 and toplevel asms into assembly. */
21658 dwarf2out_assembly_start (void)
21660 if (HAVE_GAS_CFI_SECTIONS_DIRECTIVE
&& dwarf2out_do_cfi_asm ())
21662 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
21663 if (USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
|| (!flag_unwind_tables
&& !flag_exceptions
))
21665 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.cfi_sections\t.debug_frame\n");
21669 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21670 htab_traverse. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
21673 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21675 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
21677 if (node
->label
&& node
->refcount
)
21679 switch_to_section (debug_str_section
);
21680 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
21681 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
21687 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21688 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
21691 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die
)
21695 gcc_assert (! die
->die_mark
);
21696 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, verify_marks_clear (c
));
21698 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21700 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
21701 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
21704 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
21710 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unmark_dies (c
));
21713 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
21714 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
21717 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
21722 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
21724 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
21726 /* A reference to another DIE.
21727 Make sure that it will get emitted.
21728 If it was broken out into a comdat group, don't follow it. */
21729 if (dwarf_version
< 4
21730 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
21731 || a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
->die_id
.die_type_node
== NULL
)
21732 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
21734 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
21735 accounts properly for it. */
21736 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
21737 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
= 0;
21742 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
21743 to DIE's children. */
21746 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
21750 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
21752 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
21755 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
21756 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
21757 if (die
->die_parent
)
21758 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
21760 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
21761 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
21763 /* If this node is a specification,
21764 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
21765 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
21766 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
21769 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
21771 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
21772 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
21775 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
21776 kids get marked, even if they're types. If we're
21777 breaking out types into comdat sections, do this
21778 for all type definitions. */
21779 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
21780 || (dwarf_version
>= 4
21781 && is_type_die (die
) && ! is_declaration_die (die
)))
21782 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1));
21784 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
21788 /* For local classes, look if any static member functions were emitted
21789 and if so, mark them. */
21792 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (dw_die_ref die
)
21796 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
21799 switch (die
->die_tag
)
21801 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
21802 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
21803 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
21806 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
21807 if (!get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
21808 || die
->die_definition
!= NULL
)
21809 prune_unused_types_mark (die
, 1);
21816 /* Mark children. */
21817 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (c
));
21820 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
21823 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
21827 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked and
21828 children have been marked as well. */
21829 if (die
->die_mark
== 2)
21832 switch (die
->die_tag
)
21834 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
21835 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
21836 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
21837 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
21840 for (c
= die
->die_parent
; c
; c
= c
->die_parent
)
21841 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
21844 /* Finding used static member functions inside of classes
21845 is needed just for local classes, because for other classes
21846 static member function DIEs with DW_AT_specification
21847 are emitted outside of the DW_TAG_*_type. If we ever change
21848 it, we'd need to call this even for non-local classes. */
21850 prune_unused_types_walk_local_classes (die
);
21852 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21855 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
21856 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
21857 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
21858 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
21859 case DW_TAG_rvalue_reference_type
:
21860 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
21861 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
21862 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
21863 case DW_TAG_interface_type
:
21864 case DW_TAG_friend
:
21865 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
21866 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
21867 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
21868 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
21869 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
21870 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
21871 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
21872 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
21873 if (die
->die_perennial_p
)
21876 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
21880 /* Mark everything else. */
21884 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
21888 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
21889 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
21894 /* Mark children. */
21895 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, prune_unused_types_walk (c
));
21898 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
21902 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die
)
21907 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
21908 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
21910 struct indirect_string_node
*s
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
21912 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
21913 twice in the hash table. */
21915 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) ? 1 : 2))
21918 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, s
->str
,
21919 htab_hash_string (s
->str
),
21921 gcc_assert (*slot
== NULL
);
21927 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
21930 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
21934 gcc_assert (die
->die_mark
);
21935 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die
);
21937 if (! die
->die_child
)
21940 c
= die
->die_child
;
21942 dw_die_ref prev
= c
;
21943 for (c
= c
->die_sib
; ! c
->die_mark
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
21944 if (c
== die
->die_child
)
21946 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
21948 /* No marked children at all. */
21949 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
21952 prev
->die_sib
= c
->die_sib
;
21953 die
->die_child
= prev
;
21958 if (c
!= prev
->die_sib
)
21960 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
21961 } while (c
!= die
->die_child
);
21964 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
21965 htab_traverse. Clear .debug_str strings that we haven't already
21966 decided to emit. */
21969 prune_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
21971 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
21973 if (!node
->label
|| !node
->refcount
)
21974 htab_clear_slot (debug_str_hash
, h
);
21979 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
21982 prune_unused_types (void)
21985 limbo_die_node
*node
;
21986 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
21988 dcall_entry
*dcall
;
21990 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
21991 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
21992 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die
);
21993 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
21994 verify_marks_clear (node
->die
);
21995 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
21996 verify_marks_clear (ctnode
->root_die
);
21997 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
21999 /* Mark types that are used in global variables. */
22000 premark_types_used_by_global_vars ();
22002 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
22003 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
22004 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22005 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
22006 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22008 prune_unused_types_walk (ctnode
->root_die
);
22009 prune_unused_types_mark (ctnode
->type_die
, 1);
22012 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
22013 pubname_table or arange_table. */
22014 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
, i
, pub
); i
++)
22015 prune_unused_types_mark (pub
->die
, 1);
22016 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
22017 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
22019 /* Mark nodes referenced from the direct call table. */
22020 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
, i
, dcall
); i
++)
22021 prune_unused_types_mark (dcall
->targ_die
, 1);
22023 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
22024 if (debug_str_hash
&& debug_str_hash_forced
)
22025 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, prune_indirect_string
, NULL
);
22026 else if (debug_str_hash
)
22027 htab_empty (debug_str_hash
);
22028 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
22029 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22030 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
22031 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22032 prune_unused_types_prune (ctnode
->root_die
);
22034 /* Leave the marks clear. */
22035 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
22036 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22037 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
22038 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22039 prune_unmark_dies (ctnode
->root_die
);
22042 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
22045 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot
, void *param
)
22047 bool *p
= (bool *) param
;
22048 struct dwarf_file_data
*d
= (struct dwarf_file_data
*) *slot
;
22049 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d
->filename
))
22057 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of comdat type units. */
22060 htab_ct_hash (const void *of
)
22063 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of
;
22065 memcpy (&h
, type_node
->signature
, sizeof (h
));
22070 htab_ct_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
22072 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_1
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of1
;
22073 const comdat_type_node
*const type_node_2
= (const comdat_type_node
*) of2
;
22075 return (! memcmp (type_node_1
->signature
, type_node_2
->signature
,
22076 DWARF_TYPE_SIGNATURE_SIZE
));
22079 /* Move a DW_AT_{,MIPS_}linkage_name attribute just added to dw_die_ref
22080 to the location it would have been added, should we know its
22081 DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME when we added other attributes. This will
22082 probably improve compactness of debug info, removing equivalent
22083 abbrevs, and hide any differences caused by deferring the
22084 computation of the assembler name, triggered by e.g. PCH. */
22087 move_linkage_attr (dw_die_ref die
)
22089 unsigned ix
= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
22090 dw_attr_node linkage
= *VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
22092 gcc_assert (linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_linkage_name
22093 || linkage
.dw_attr
== DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
);
22097 dw_attr_node
*prev
= VEC_index (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
- 1);
22099 if (prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_line
|| prev
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_name
)
22103 if (ix
!= VEC_length (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
) - 1)
22105 VEC_pop (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
);
22106 VEC_quick_insert (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, &linkage
);
22110 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, attempt to resolve
22111 one CONST_STRING, return non-zero if not successful. Similarly verify that
22112 SYMBOL_REFs refer to variables emitted in the current CU. */
22115 resolve_one_addr (rtx
*addr
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
22119 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST_STRING
)
22121 size_t len
= strlen (XSTR (rtl
, 0)) + 1;
22122 tree t
= build_string (len
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
22123 tree tlen
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, len
- 1);
22125 = build_array_type (char_type_node
, build_index_type (tlen
));
22126 rtl
= lookup_constant_def (t
);
22127 if (!rtl
|| !MEM_P (rtl
))
22129 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
22130 VEC_safe_push (rtx
, gc
, used_rtx_array
, rtl
);
22135 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
22136 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)
22137 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (rtl
)))
22140 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == CONST
22141 && for_each_rtx (&XEXP (rtl
, 0), resolve_one_addr
, NULL
))
22147 /* Helper function for resolve_addr, handle one location
22148 expression, return false if at least one CONST_STRING or SYMBOL_REF in
22149 the location list couldn't be resolved. */
22152 resolve_addr_in_expr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
22154 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
22155 if (((loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_addr
|| loc
->dtprel
)
22156 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
22157 || (loc
->dw_loc_opc
== DW_OP_implicit_value
22158 && loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
== dw_val_class_addr
22159 && resolve_one_addr (&loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
)))
22164 /* Resolve DW_OP_addr and DW_AT_const_value CONST_STRING arguments to
22165 an address in .rodata section if the string literal is emitted there,
22166 or remove the containing location list or replace DW_AT_const_value
22167 with DW_AT_location and empty location expression, if it isn't found
22168 in .rodata. Similarly for SYMBOL_REFs, keep only those that refer
22169 to something that has been emitted in the current CU. */
22172 resolve_addr (dw_die_ref die
)
22176 dw_loc_list_ref
*curr
;
22179 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node
, die
->die_attr
, ix
, a
); ix
++)
22180 switch (AT_class (a
))
22182 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
22183 curr
= AT_loc_list_ptr (a
);
22186 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr ((*curr
)->expr
))
22188 dw_loc_list_ref next
= (*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
22189 if (next
&& (*curr
)->ll_symbol
)
22191 gcc_assert (!next
->ll_symbol
);
22192 next
->ll_symbol
= (*curr
)->ll_symbol
;
22197 curr
= &(*curr
)->dw_loc_next
;
22199 if (!AT_loc_list (a
))
22201 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
22205 case dw_val_class_loc
:
22206 if (!resolve_addr_in_expr (AT_loc (a
)))
22208 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
22212 case dw_val_class_addr
:
22213 if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_const_value
22214 && resolve_one_addr (&a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
, NULL
))
22216 remove_AT (die
, a
->dw_attr
);
22224 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die
, c
, resolve_addr (c
));
22227 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
22228 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
22231 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
22233 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
22234 comdat_type_node
*ctnode
;
22235 htab_t comdat_type_table
;
22236 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
22239 gen_remaining_tmpl_value_param_die_attribute ();
22241 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
22242 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
22243 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, remap_debug_filename (filename
));
22244 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename
))
22245 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
22246 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
22249 htab_traverse (file_table
, file_table_relative_p
, &p
);
22251 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
22254 for (i
= 0; i
< VEC_length (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
); i
++)
22256 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (
22257 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->die
,
22258 VEC_index (deferred_locations
, deferred_locations_list
, i
)->variable
,
22262 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
22263 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
22264 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
22265 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
22267 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
22269 next_node
= node
->next
;
22272 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
22274 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
22277 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
22278 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
22280 else if (seen_error ())
22281 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
22282 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
22285 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
22286 nested function can be optimized away, which results
22287 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
22288 with the return type of that nested function. Force
22289 this to be a child of the containing function.
22291 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
22292 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
22293 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
22294 the function is likely unreachable too. */
22295 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
22297 gcc_assert (node
->created_for
);
22299 if (DECL_P (node
->created_for
))
22300 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
22301 else if (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
))
22302 context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
);
22304 gcc_assert (context
22305 && (TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
22306 || TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
));
22308 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
22310 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
22312 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
22317 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
22319 resolve_addr (comp_unit_die
);
22321 for (node
= deferred_asm_name
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22323 tree decl
= node
->created_for
;
22324 if (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
))
22326 add_linkage_attr (node
->die
, decl
);
22327 move_linkage_attr (node
->die
);
22331 deferred_asm_name
= NULL
;
22333 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
22334 emit full debugging info for them. */
22335 retry_incomplete_types ();
22337 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
22338 prune_unused_types ();
22340 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
22341 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
22342 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
&& dwarf_version
< 4)
22343 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
22345 /* Generate separate COMDAT sections for type DIEs. */
22346 if (dwarf_version
>= 4)
22348 break_out_comdat_types (comp_unit_die
);
22350 /* Each new type_unit DIE was added to the limbo die list when created.
22351 Since these have all been added to comdat_type_list, clear the
22353 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
22355 /* For each new comdat type unit, copy declarations for incomplete
22356 types to make the new unit self-contained (i.e., no direct
22357 references to the main compile unit). */
22358 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22359 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (ctnode
->root_die
);
22360 copy_decls_for_unworthy_types (comp_unit_die
);
22362 /* In the process of copying declarations from one unit to another,
22363 we may have left some declarations behind that are no longer
22364 referenced. Prune them. */
22365 prune_unused_types ();
22368 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
22369 that have children. */
22370 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
22371 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22372 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
22373 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22374 add_sibling_attributes (ctnode
->root_die
);
22376 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
22377 switch_to_section (text_section
);
22378 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
22379 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
)
22381 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
22382 targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label (asm_out_file
, COLD_END_LABEL
, 0);
22385 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
22387 if (!have_multiple_function_sections
22388 || !(dwarf_version
>= 3 || !dwarf_strict
))
22390 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
22391 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
22396 unsigned fde_idx
= 0;
22397 bool range_list_added
= false;
22399 /* We need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
22400 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become
22401 absolute. Historically, we've emitted the unexpected
22402 DW_AT_entry_pc instead of DW_AT_low_pc for this purpose.
22403 Emit both to give time for other tools to adapt. */
22404 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, const0_rtx
);
22405 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
22407 if (text_section_used
)
22408 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, text_section_label
,
22409 text_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
22410 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition
&& cold_text_section_used
)
22411 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, cold_text_section_label
,
22412 cold_end_label
, &range_list_added
);
22414 for (fde_idx
= 0; fde_idx
< fde_table_in_use
; fde_idx
++)
22416 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_idx
];
22418 if (fde
->dw_fde_switched_sections
)
22420 if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
22421 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
,
22422 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_label
,
22423 fde
->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label
,
22424 &range_list_added
);
22425 if (!fde
->cold_in_std_section
)
22426 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
,
22427 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label
,
22428 fde
->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label
,
22429 &range_list_added
);
22431 else if (!fde
->in_std_section
)
22432 add_ranges_by_labels (comp_unit_die
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
22433 fde
->dw_fde_end
, &range_list_added
);
22436 if (range_list_added
)
22440 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
22441 if (have_location_lists
)
22443 /* Output the location lists info. */
22444 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section
);
22445 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
22446 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
22447 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
22448 output_location_lists (die
);
22451 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
22452 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
22453 debug_line_section_label
);
22455 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22456 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
22458 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
22459 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
22460 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
22461 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
22463 comdat_type_table
= htab_create (100, htab_ct_hash
, htab_ct_eq
, NULL
);
22464 for (ctnode
= comdat_type_list
; ctnode
!= NULL
; ctnode
= ctnode
->next
)
22466 void **slot
= htab_find_slot (comdat_type_table
, ctnode
, INSERT
);
22468 /* Don't output duplicate types. */
22469 if (*slot
!= HTAB_EMPTY_ENTRY
)
22472 /* Add a pointer to the line table for the main compilation unit
22473 so that the debugger can make sense of DW_AT_decl_file
22475 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
22476 add_AT_lineptr (ctnode
->root_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
22477 debug_line_section_label
);
22479 output_comdat_type_unit (ctnode
);
22482 htab_delete (comdat_type_table
);
22484 /* Output the main compilation unit if non-empty or if .debug_macinfo
22485 has been emitted. */
22486 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
);
22488 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
22489 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section
);
22490 output_abbrev_section ();
22492 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
22493 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubname_table
))
22495 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section
);
22496 output_pubnames (pubname_table
);
22499 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
22500 /* ??? Only defined by DWARF3, but emitted by Darwin for DWARF2.
22501 It shouldn't hurt to emit it always, since pure DWARF2 consumers
22502 simply won't look for the section. */
22503 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry
, pubtype_table
))
22505 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section
);
22506 output_pubnames (pubtype_table
);
22509 /* Output direct and virtual call tables if necessary. */
22510 if (!VEC_empty (dcall_entry
, dcall_table
))
22512 switch_to_section (debug_dcall_section
);
22513 output_dcall_table ();
22515 if (!VEC_empty (vcall_entry
, vcall_table
))
22517 switch_to_section (debug_vcall_section
);
22518 output_vcall_table ();
22521 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
22522 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
22523 if (fde_table_in_use
)
22525 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section
);
22529 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
22530 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
22532 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section
);
22533 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
22537 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
22538 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
22539 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
22540 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
22541 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
22542 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
22543 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
22545 switch_to_section (debug_line_section
);
22546 output_line_info ();
22549 /* Have to end the macro section. */
22550 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
22552 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section
);
22553 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
22556 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
22558 if (debug_str_hash
)
22559 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
22563 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
22564 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
22568 0, /* assembly_start */
22571 0, /* start_source_file */
22572 0, /* end_source_file */
22573 0, /* begin_block */
22575 0, /* ignore_block */
22576 0, /* source_line */
22577 0, /* begin_prologue */
22578 0, /* end_prologue */
22579 0, /* begin_epilogue */
22580 0, /* end_epilogue */
22581 0, /* begin_function */
22582 0, /* end_function */
22583 0, /* function_decl */
22584 0, /* global_decl */
22586 0, /* imported_module_or_decl */
22587 0, /* deferred_inline_function */
22588 0, /* outlining_inline_function */
22590 0, /* handle_pch */
22591 0, /* var_location */
22592 0, /* switch_text_section */
22593 0, /* direct_call */
22594 0, /* virtual_call_token */
22595 0, /* copy_call_info */
22596 0, /* virtual_call */
22598 0 /* start_end_main_source_file */
22601 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
22603 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"